|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
819
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
819
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
681
|
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
|
66 struct compl_S
|
|
7
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
681
|
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
|
786
|
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
|
|
659
|
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
77 };
|
|
|
78
|
|
464
|
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
82 /*
|
|
|
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
88 */
|
|
464
|
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
92
|
|
825
|
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
|
|
|
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
|
|
|
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
|
96
|
|
657
|
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
98 * are used. */
|
|
|
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
100
|
|
665
|
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
|
102 in compl_leader */
|
|
|
103
|
|
657
|
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
106 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
107
|
|
874
|
108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
|
|
|
109 completions. */
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
|
|
|
112
|
|
449
|
113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
115 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
116
|
|
464
|
117 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
118 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
119 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
120 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
716
|
121 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
|
|
464
|
122 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
123 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
124 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
125 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
126 * completion started */
|
|
|
127 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
128 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
129
|
|
|
130 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
131 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
1430
|
132 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c));
|
|
944
|
133 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup));
|
|
681
|
134 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
665
|
135 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
|
681
|
136 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
|
|
7
|
137 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
138 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
140 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
707
|
141 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
142 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
703
|
143 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
|
|
667
|
144 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
|
7
|
145 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
146 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
147 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
874
|
148 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
149 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
874
|
150 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
|
|
694
|
151 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
|
|
659
|
152 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
153 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
154 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
724
|
155 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
156 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
|
|
|
157 #endif
|
|
659
|
158 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
159 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
160 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
665
|
161 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
|
610
|
162 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
163 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
164 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
681
|
165 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
166 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
167 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
168 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
171 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
172 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
173 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
174
|
|
661
|
175 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
176 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
177 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
667
|
179 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
|
|
7
|
180 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
181 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
182 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
744
|
183 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
184 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
185 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
186 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
187 #endif
|
|
7
|
188 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
189 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
840
|
190 #if 0
|
|
7
|
191 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
840
|
192 #endif
|
|
7
|
193 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
194 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
195 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
196 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
197 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
198 #endif
|
|
|
199 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
200 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
201 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
202 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
203 #endif
|
|
|
204 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
205 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
206 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
207 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
208 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
209 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
210 #endif
|
|
|
211 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
212 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
213 #endif
|
|
449
|
214 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
215 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
216 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
217 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
218 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
219 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
220 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
221 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
222 #endif
|
|
692
|
223 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
224 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
225 #endif
|
|
7
|
226 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
227 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
228 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
229 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
230 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
231 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
232 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
233 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
234 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
235 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
236 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
237 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
238 #endif
|
|
|
239 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
240 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
241 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
242 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
243 #endif
|
|
|
244 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
245 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
247 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
248 #endif
|
|
|
249 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
252 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
255 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
256 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
257 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
258 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
259
|
|
|
260 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
261 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
262 #endif
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
267 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
268 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
269 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
270 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
271 #endif
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
274 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
275 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
277 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
278 under the cursor */
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 /*
|
|
|
281 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
282 *
|
|
|
283 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
284 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
285 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
286 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
287 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
288 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
289 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
290 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
291 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
292 *
|
|
|
293 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
294 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
295 *
|
|
|
296 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
297 */
|
|
|
298 int
|
|
|
299 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
300 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
301 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
302 long count;
|
|
|
303 {
|
|
|
304 int c = 0;
|
|
|
305 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
306 int lastc;
|
|
|
307 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
308 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
309 int i;
|
|
|
310 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
311 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
312 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
313 #endif
|
|
|
314 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
315 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
316 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
317 #endif
|
|
|
318 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
319 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
320 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
321
|
|
603
|
322 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
323 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
324
|
|
7
|
325 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
326 * error message */
|
|
|
327 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
330 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
331 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
334 return FALSE;
|
|
|
335 }
|
|
|
336 #endif
|
|
632
|
337 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
338 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
339 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
340 {
|
|
|
341 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
342 return FALSE;
|
|
|
343 }
|
|
7
|
344
|
|
|
345 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
844
|
346 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
|
|
|
347 if (compl_started || pum_visible())
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
350 return FALSE;
|
|
|
351 }
|
|
7
|
352 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
353 #endif
|
|
|
354
|
|
11
|
355 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
356 /*
|
|
|
357 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
358 */
|
|
|
359 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
360 {
|
|
532
|
361 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
362 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
363 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
364 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
365 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
366 else
|
|
|
367 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
368 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
369 # endif
|
|
11
|
370 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
371 }
|
|
|
372 #endif
|
|
|
373
|
|
7
|
374 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
375 /*
|
|
|
376 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
377 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
378 */
|
|
|
379 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
380 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
381 else
|
|
|
382 #endif
|
|
|
383 {
|
|
|
384 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
385 if (startln)
|
|
|
386 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
387 }
|
|
|
388 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
389 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
390 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
391 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
394 {
|
|
|
395 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
396 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
398 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
399 {
|
|
|
400 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
401 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
402 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
403 }
|
|
|
404 else
|
|
|
405 #endif
|
|
|
406 {
|
|
|
407 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
408 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
409 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
410 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
411 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
412 }
|
|
|
413 }
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
416 {
|
|
|
417 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
418 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
419 {
|
|
|
420 beep_flush();
|
|
|
421 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
422 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
423 }
|
|
|
424 else
|
|
|
425 #endif
|
|
|
426 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
427 }
|
|
|
428 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
429 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
430 {
|
|
|
431 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
432 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
433 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
434 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
435 }
|
|
|
436 #endif
|
|
|
437 else
|
|
|
438 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
442 /*
|
|
|
443 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
444 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
445 */
|
|
|
446 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 /*
|
|
|
449 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
450 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
451 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
452 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
453 */
|
|
|
454 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
455 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
456 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
457 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
458 #endif
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
461 setmouse();
|
|
|
462 #endif
|
|
|
463 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
464 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
465 #endif
|
|
|
466 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
467 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
468 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
469 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
470 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
471 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
472 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
473 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
474 #endif
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
476 /*
|
|
|
477 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
478 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
479 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
480 */
|
|
|
481 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
482 {
|
|
|
483 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
484 /*
|
|
|
485 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
486 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
487 */
|
|
|
488 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
489 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
490 else
|
|
|
491 #endif
|
|
|
492 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
493 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
495 /*
|
|
|
496 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
497 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
498 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
499 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
500 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
501 */
|
|
|
502 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
503 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
504 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
505 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
506 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
507 {
|
|
|
508 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
509 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
511 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
512 {
|
|
474
|
513 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
514 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
515 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
516 }
|
|
|
517 #endif
|
|
|
518 }
|
|
230
|
519 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
520 }
|
|
|
521 else
|
|
|
522 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
525 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
527 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
528 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
530 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
531 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
532 #endif
|
|
|
533 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
534 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
535 #endif
|
|
|
536 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
537 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
538 * restarting. */
|
|
|
539 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
540 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
541 #endif
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
543 /*
|
|
|
544 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
545 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
546 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
547 */
|
|
|
548 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
549 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
550 i = showmode();
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
553 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
555 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
556 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
557 #endif
|
|
|
558 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
559 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
560 #endif
|
|
|
561
|
|
603
|
562 /*
|
|
|
563 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
564 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
565 */
|
|
7
|
566 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
567 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
568 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
569 else
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
572 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
573 }
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
575 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
577 /*
|
|
|
578 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
579 */
|
|
|
580 for (;;)
|
|
|
581 {
|
|
|
582 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
583 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
584 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
585 else
|
|
|
586 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
587 #endif
|
|
|
588 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
589 count = 0;
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
591 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
592 {
|
|
|
593 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
594 count = 0;
|
|
|
595 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
596 }
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
599 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
600 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
603 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
604 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
605 {
|
|
|
606 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
607 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
608 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
609 }
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 /*
|
|
|
612 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
613 */
|
|
|
614 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
616 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
617 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
618 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
619 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
620 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
621 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
622 #endif
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
624 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
625 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
626 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
627 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
628 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
629 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
630 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
631 #endif
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
633 /*
|
|
|
634 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
635 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
636 * redraw.
|
|
|
637 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
638 * something.
|
|
|
639 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
640 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
641 */
|
|
|
642 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
643 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
644 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
645 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
646 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
647 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
648 #endif
|
|
|
649 )
|
|
|
650 {
|
|
|
651 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
652 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
655 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
656 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
657 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
658 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
659 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
660 #endif
|
|
|
661 ))
|
|
|
662 {
|
|
|
663 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
664 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
665 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
666 else
|
|
|
667 #endif
|
|
|
668 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
669 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
670 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
671 else
|
|
|
672 #endif
|
|
|
673 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
674 }
|
|
|
675 }
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
678 update_topline();
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
680 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
684 /*
|
|
|
685 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
686 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
687 */
|
|
661
|
688 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
689
|
|
|
690 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
691 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
692 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
693 #endif
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 update_curswant();
|
|
|
696 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
697 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
698 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
699 #endif
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
702 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
703 #endif
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
705 /*
|
|
|
706 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
707 */
|
|
|
708 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
709 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
710
|
|
978
|
711 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
712 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
|
|
|
713 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
714 #endif
|
|
|
715
|
|
7
|
716 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
717 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
718 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
719 #endif
|
|
|
720 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
721 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
722 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
723 #endif
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
659
|
726 /*
|
|
|
727 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
897
|
728 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
|
|
|
729 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
|
|
659
|
730 */
|
|
897
|
731 if (compl_started
|
|
|
732 && pum_wanted()
|
|
|
733 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
|
|
|
734 && (compl_shown_match == NULL
|
|
|
735 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
|
|
659
|
736 {
|
|
|
737 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
738 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
836
|
739 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
|
|
|
740 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
|
|
657
|
741 continue;
|
|
|
742
|
|
659
|
743 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
744 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
745 {
|
|
659
|
746 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
836
|
747 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
|
|
|
748 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
|
|
|
749 if (c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
750 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
|
751 || STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
|
752 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
|
|
659
|
753 {
|
|
|
754 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
755 continue;
|
|
|
756 }
|
|
|
757
|
|
1430
|
758 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current
|
|
|
759 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
760 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
|
|
659
|
761 {
|
|
|
762 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
763 continue;
|
|
|
764 }
|
|
665
|
765
|
|
887
|
766 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
|
|
825
|
767 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
768 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
769 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
665
|
770 {
|
|
|
771 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
772 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
773 }
|
|
657
|
774 }
|
|
|
775 }
|
|
|
776
|
|
7
|
777 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
778 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
665
|
779 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
780 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
781 continue;
|
|
7
|
782 #endif
|
|
|
783
|
|
477
|
784 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
785 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
786 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
787 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
788 {
|
|
|
789 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
790 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
791 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
792 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
793 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
794 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
795 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
796 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
797 {
|
|
477
|
798 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
799 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
800 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
801 }
|
|
|
802 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
803 continue;
|
|
|
804 else
|
|
|
805 {
|
|
477
|
806 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
807 {
|
|
|
808 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
809 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
810 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
811 }
|
|
7
|
812 count = 0;
|
|
|
813 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
814 }
|
|
|
815 }
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
817 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
818 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
819 #endif
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
821 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
822 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
823 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
826 {
|
|
|
827 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
828 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
829 continue;
|
|
|
830 }
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
832 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
833 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
834 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
835 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
836 # endif
|
|
|
837 )
|
|
|
838 {
|
|
|
839 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
840 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
841 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
842 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
843 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
844 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
845 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
846 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
847 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
848 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
849 }
|
|
|
850 #endif
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
853 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
854 switch (c)
|
|
|
855 {
|
|
|
856 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
857 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
858 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
859 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
860 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
861 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
862 }
|
|
|
863 #endif
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
865 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
866 /*
|
|
|
867 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
868 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
869 * characters.
|
|
|
870 */
|
|
|
871 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
872 continue;
|
|
|
873 #endif
|
|
|
874
|
|
|
875 /*
|
|
|
876 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
877 */
|
|
|
878 switch (c)
|
|
|
879 {
|
|
449
|
880 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
881 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
882 break;
|
|
|
883 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
884
|
|
449
|
885 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
886 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
887 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
888 {
|
|
|
889 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
890 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
891 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
929
|
892 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
893 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
894 }
|
|
|
895 #endif
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
897 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
898 do_intr:
|
|
|
899 #endif
|
|
|
900 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
901 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
902 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
903 {
|
|
|
904 if (got_int)
|
|
|
905 {
|
|
|
906 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
907 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
908 }
|
|
|
909 else
|
|
|
910 vim_beep();
|
|
|
911 break;
|
|
|
912 }
|
|
|
913 doESCkey:
|
|
|
914 /*
|
|
|
915 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
916 */
|
|
|
917 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
918 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
919 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
920 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
921
|
|
477
|
922 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
923 {
|
|
|
924 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
925 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
926 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
927 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
993
|
928 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
|
|
11
|
929 #endif
|
|
7
|
930 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
931 }
|
|
7
|
932 continue;
|
|
|
933
|
|
449
|
934 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
935 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
936 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
937 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
938 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
939 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
942 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
943 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
944 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
945 #endif
|
|
|
946 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
947 break;
|
|
|
948 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
853
|
949
|
|
|
950 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
951 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
|
|
|
952 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
|
|
|
953 {
|
|
|
954 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
955 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
956 }
|
|
|
957 #endif
|
|
449
|
958 count = 0;
|
|
|
959 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
960
|
|
464
|
961 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
962 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
963 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
964 break;
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
966 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
967 break;
|
|
|
968
|
|
449
|
969 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
970 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
971 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
972 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
973 #endif
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
975 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
976 case K_F1:
|
|
|
977 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
978 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
979 if (p_im)
|
|
|
980 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
981 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
983 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
984 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
985 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
1389
|
986 i = plain_vgetc();
|
|
449
|
987 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
988 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
989 break;
|
|
|
990 #endif
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
992 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
993 case NUL:
|
|
|
994 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
995 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
996 * error. */
|
|
7
|
997 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
998 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
999 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
1000 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1001 break;
|
|
|
1002
|
|
449
|
1003 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
1004 ins_reg();
|
|
|
1005 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1006 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1007 break;
|
|
|
1008
|
|
449
|
1009 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
1010 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
1011 break;
|
|
|
1012
|
|
449
|
1013 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
1014 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
1015 break;
|
|
|
1016
|
|
|
1017 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
1018 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
1019 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
1020 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1021 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
1022 break;
|
|
|
1023 #endif
|
|
|
1024
|
|
449
|
1025 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
1026 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1027 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
1028 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1029 #endif
|
|
|
1030 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1031
|
|
449
|
1032 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
1033 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1034 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
1035 {
|
|
449
|
1036 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
1037 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1038 break;
|
|
7
|
1039 }
|
|
|
1040 # endif
|
|
|
1041 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
1042 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1043 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1044 break;
|
|
|
1045
|
|
449
|
1046 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1047 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1048 ins_del();
|
|
|
1049 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1050 break;
|
|
|
1051
|
|
449
|
1052 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1053 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1054 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1055 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1056 break;
|
|
|
1057
|
|
449
|
1058 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1059 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1060 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1061 break;
|
|
|
1062
|
|
449
|
1063 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
1064 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1065 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1066 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1067 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1068 # endif
|
|
7
|
1069 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1070 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1071 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1072 break;
|
|
|
1073
|
|
|
1074 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1075 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1076 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1077 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1078 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1079 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1080 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1081 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1082 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1083 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1084 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1085 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1086 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1087 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1088 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1089 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1090 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1091 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1092 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1093 break;
|
|
|
1094
|
|
449
|
1095 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1096 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1097 break;
|
|
|
1098
|
|
449
|
1099 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1100 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1101 break;
|
|
|
1102 #endif
|
|
692
|
1103 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
1104 case K_TABLINE:
|
|
|
1105 case K_TABMENU:
|
|
|
1106 ins_tabline(c);
|
|
|
1107 break;
|
|
|
1108 #endif
|
|
7
|
1109
|
|
449
|
1110 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1111 break;
|
|
|
1112
|
|
661
|
1113 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1114 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1115 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1116 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1117 break;
|
|
|
1118 #endif
|
|
|
1119
|
|
625
|
1120 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1121 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1122 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1123 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1124 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1125 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1126 break;
|
|
|
1127 #endif
|
|
|
1128
|
|
7
|
1129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1130 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1131 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1132 break;
|
|
|
1133
|
|
|
1134 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1135 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1136 break;
|
|
|
1137 #endif
|
|
|
1138
|
|
449
|
1139 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1140 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1141 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1142 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1143 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1144 break;
|
|
|
1145
|
|
449
|
1146 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1147 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1148 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1149 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1150 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1151 break;
|
|
|
1152
|
|
449
|
1153 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1154 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1155 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1156 else
|
|
|
1157 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1158 break;
|
|
|
1159
|
|
449
|
1160 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1161 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1162 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1163 break;
|
|
|
1164
|
|
449
|
1165 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1166 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1167 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1168 else
|
|
|
1169 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1170 break;
|
|
|
1171
|
|
449
|
1172 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1173 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1174 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1175 break;
|
|
|
1176
|
|
449
|
1177 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
665
|
1178 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1179 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1180 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1181 #endif
|
|
180
|
1182 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1183 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1184 else
|
|
|
1185 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1186 break;
|
|
|
1187
|
|
449
|
1188 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1189 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1190 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1191 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1192 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1193 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1194 #endif
|
|
7
|
1195 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1196 break;
|
|
|
1197
|
|
449
|
1198 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
665
|
1199 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1200 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1201 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1202 #endif
|
|
180
|
1203 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1204 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1205 else
|
|
|
1206 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1207 break;
|
|
|
1208
|
|
449
|
1209 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1210 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1211 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1212 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1213 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1214 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1215 #endif
|
|
7
|
1216 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1217 break;
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1220 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1221 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1222 break;
|
|
|
1223 #endif
|
|
|
1224
|
|
449
|
1225 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1226 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1227 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1228
|
|
449
|
1229 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1230 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1231 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1232 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1233 #endif
|
|
|
1234 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1235 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1236 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1237 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1238 break;
|
|
|
1239
|
|
449
|
1240 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1241 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1242 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1243 case CAR:
|
|
|
1244 case NL:
|
|
|
1245 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1246 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1247 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1248 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1249 {
|
|
644
|
1250 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1251 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1252 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1253 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1254 break;
|
|
|
1255 }
|
|
|
1256 #endif
|
|
|
1257 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1258 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1259 {
|
|
|
1260 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1261 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1262 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1263 }
|
|
|
1264 #endif
|
|
|
1265 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1266 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1267 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1268 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1269 break;
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1272 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1273 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1274 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1275 {
|
|
449
|
1276 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1277 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1278 break;
|
|
7
|
1279 }
|
|
|
1280 # endif
|
|
|
1281 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1282 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1283 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1284 break;
|
|
|
1285 # endif
|
|
|
1286 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1287 #endif
|
|
7
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1290 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1291 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1292 break;
|
|
|
1293
|
|
449
|
1294 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1295 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1296 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1297 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1298
|
|
449
|
1299 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1300 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1301 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1302 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1305 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1306 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1307 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1308 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1309 #endif
|
|
|
1310
|
|
449
|
1311 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1312 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1313 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1314 #endif
|
|
|
1315 {
|
|
|
1316 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1317 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1318 {
|
|
|
1319 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1320 break;
|
|
|
1321 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1322 }
|
|
|
1323 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1324 }
|
|
|
1325 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1326 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1327
|
|
449
|
1328 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1329 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1330 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1331 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1332 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1333 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1334 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1335 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1336
|
|
|
1337 docomplete:
|
|
|
1338 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1339 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1340 break;
|
|
|
1341 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1342
|
|
449
|
1343 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1344 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1345 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1346 break;
|
|
|
1347
|
|
|
1348 default:
|
|
|
1349 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1350 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1351 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1352 #endif
|
|
|
1353
|
|
|
1354 /*
|
|
|
1355 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1356 */
|
|
|
1357 normalchar:
|
|
|
1358 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1359 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1360 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1361 #endif
|
|
|
1362
|
|
|
1363 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1364 {
|
|
|
1365 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1366 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1367 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1368 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1369 #endif
|
|
|
1370 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1371 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1372 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1373 }
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1377 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1378 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1379 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1380 #endif
|
|
|
1381 c))
|
|
|
1382 {
|
|
|
1383 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1384 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1385 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1386 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1387 #endif
|
|
|
1388 }
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1393 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1394 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1395 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1396 #endif
|
|
|
1397 break;
|
|
|
1398 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1399
|
|
978
|
1400 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1401 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
|
|
|
1402 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
|
|
|
1403 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
|
|
|
1404 #endif
|
|
|
1405
|
|
7
|
1406 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1407 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1408 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1411 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1412 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1413 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1414 # endif
|
|
|
1415 )
|
|
|
1416 {
|
|
|
1417 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1418 /*
|
|
|
1419 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1420 */
|
|
|
1421 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1422 {
|
|
|
1423 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1424 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1425 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1426 }
|
|
|
1427 }
|
|
|
1428 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1431 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1432 }
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434 /*
|
|
|
1435 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1436 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1437 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1438 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1439 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1440 */
|
|
661
|
1441 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
1442 static void
|
|
661
|
1443 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
|
1444 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1445 {
|
|
|
1446 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1447 {
|
|
661
|
1448 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
794
|
1449 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
|
|
|
1450 * visible, the command might delete it. */
|
|
661
|
1451 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
794
|
1452 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
|
|
|
1453 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1454 && !pum_visible()
|
|
|
1455 # endif
|
|
|
1456 )
|
|
661
|
1457 {
|
|
|
1458 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1459 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1460 }
|
|
|
1461 #endif
|
|
7
|
1462 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1463 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1464 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1465 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1466 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1467 setcursor();
|
|
|
1468 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1469 }
|
|
|
1470 }
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 /*
|
|
|
1473 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1474 */
|
|
|
1475 static void
|
|
|
1476 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1477 {
|
|
|
1478 int c;
|
|
|
1479
|
|
|
1480 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1481 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1484 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1485 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1486
|
|
|
1487 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1488 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1489 #endif
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1492 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1493 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1494 #endif
|
|
|
1495 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1496 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1497 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1498 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1499 #endif
|
|
|
1500 }
|
|
|
1501
|
|
|
1502 /*
|
|
|
1503 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1504 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1505 */
|
|
|
1506 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1507 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1508 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1509 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1510 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1511 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1512 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1513 #else
|
|
|
1514 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1515 #endif
|
|
|
1516 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1517 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1518 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 void
|
|
|
1521 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1522 int c;
|
|
|
1523 int highlight;
|
|
|
1524 {
|
|
|
1525 int attr;
|
|
|
1526
|
|
|
1527 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1528 {
|
|
|
1529 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1530 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1531 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1532 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1533 else
|
|
|
1534 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1535 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1536 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1537 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1538 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1539 #endif
|
|
|
1540 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1541 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1542 {
|
|
|
1543 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1544 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1545 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1546 {
|
|
|
1547 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1550 {
|
|
|
1551 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1552 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1553 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1554 }
|
|
|
1555 }
|
|
|
1556 # endif
|
|
|
1557 }
|
|
|
1558 else
|
|
|
1559 #endif
|
|
|
1560 {
|
|
|
1561 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1563 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1564 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1565 #endif
|
|
|
1566 }
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1569 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1570 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1571 #endif
|
|
|
1572 {
|
|
|
1573 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1574 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1575 }
|
|
|
1576 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1577 }
|
|
|
1578 }
|
|
|
1579
|
|
|
1580 /*
|
|
|
1581 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1582 */
|
|
|
1583 void
|
|
|
1584 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1585 {
|
|
|
1586 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1587 {
|
|
|
1588 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1589 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1590 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1591 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1592 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1593 else
|
|
|
1594 #endif
|
|
|
1595 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1596 }
|
|
|
1597 }
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 /*
|
|
|
1600 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1601 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1602 */
|
|
|
1603 void
|
|
|
1604 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1605 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1606 {
|
|
|
1607 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1610 return;
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1613 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1614 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1616 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1617 {
|
|
|
1618 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1621 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1622 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1623 }
|
|
|
1624 #endif
|
|
|
1625 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1626 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1627 {
|
|
|
1628 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1629 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1630 }
|
|
|
1631 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1632 }
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 /*
|
|
|
1635 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1636 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1637 */
|
|
|
1638 static void
|
|
|
1639 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1640 {
|
|
|
1641 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1642 {
|
|
|
1643 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1644 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1645 }
|
|
|
1646 }
|
|
|
1647
|
|
|
1648 /*
|
|
|
1649 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1650 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1651 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1652 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1653 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1654 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1655 */
|
|
|
1656 void
|
|
|
1657 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1658 int type;
|
|
|
1659 int amount;
|
|
|
1660 int round;
|
|
|
1661 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1662 {
|
|
|
1663 int vcol;
|
|
|
1664 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1665 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1666 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1667 int i;
|
|
|
1668 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1669 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1670 int start_col;
|
|
|
1671 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1672 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1673 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1674 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1677 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1678 {
|
|
|
1679 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1680 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1681 }
|
|
|
1682 #endif
|
|
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1685 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1686 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1687 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1688 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 /*
|
|
|
1691 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1692 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1693 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1694 */
|
|
|
1695 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1698 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1699 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1700 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
1704 /*
|
|
|
1705 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1706 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1707 */
|
|
|
1708 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1709 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1710
|
|
|
1711 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1712 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1716 */
|
|
|
1717 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1718 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1719 else
|
|
|
1720 {
|
|
|
1721 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1722 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1723
|
|
|
1724 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1725 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1726 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1727 #endif
|
|
|
1728 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1729 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1730 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1731 #endif
|
|
|
1732 }
|
|
|
1733 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 /*
|
|
|
1736 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1737 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1738 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1739 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1740 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1741 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1742 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1743 */
|
|
|
1744 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1745 {
|
|
|
1746 /*
|
|
|
1747 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1748 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1749 */
|
|
|
1750 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1751 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1752 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1753 }
|
|
|
1754 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1755 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1756 else
|
|
|
1757 {
|
|
|
1758 /*
|
|
|
1759 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1760 */
|
|
|
1761 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1762 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1763
|
|
|
1764 /*
|
|
|
1765 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1766 */
|
|
|
1767 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1768 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1769 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1770 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1771 {
|
|
|
1772 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1773 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1774 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1775 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1776 else
|
|
|
1777 #endif
|
|
|
1778 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1779 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1780 }
|
|
|
1781 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1782
|
|
|
1783 /*
|
|
|
1784 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1785 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1786 */
|
|
|
1787 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1788 {
|
|
|
1789 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1790 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1791 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1792 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1793 {
|
|
|
1794 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1795 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1796 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1797 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1798 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1799 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1800 }
|
|
|
1801 }
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
1803 /*
|
|
|
1804 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1805 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1806 */
|
|
|
1807 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1808 }
|
|
|
1809
|
|
|
1810 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1813 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1814 else
|
|
|
1815 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1816 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1817 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 /*
|
|
|
1820 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1821 */
|
|
|
1822 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1823 {
|
|
|
1824 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1825 {
|
|
|
1826 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1827 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1828 else
|
|
|
1829 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1830 }
|
|
|
1831 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1832 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1833 else
|
|
|
1834 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1835 }
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 /*
|
|
|
1838 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1839 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1840 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1841 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1842 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1843 */
|
|
|
1844 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1845 {
|
|
|
1846 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1847 {
|
|
|
1848 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1849 --start_col;
|
|
|
1850 }
|
|
|
1851 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1852 {
|
|
|
1853 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1854 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1855 {
|
|
|
1856 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1857 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1858 }
|
|
|
1859 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1860 }
|
|
|
1861 }
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1864 /*
|
|
|
1865 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1866 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1867 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1868 */
|
|
|
1869 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1870 {
|
|
|
1871 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1872 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1873 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1874 return;
|
|
|
1875
|
|
|
1876 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1877 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1878 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1879 return;
|
|
|
1880
|
|
|
1881 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1882 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1883
|
|
|
1884 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1885 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1886 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1887
|
|
|
1888 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1889 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1890
|
|
|
1891 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1892 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1895 }
|
|
|
1896 #endif
|
|
|
1897 }
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 /*
|
|
|
1900 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1901 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1902 * modes.
|
|
|
1903 */
|
|
|
1904 void
|
|
|
1905 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1906 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1907 {
|
|
|
1908 int i;
|
|
|
1909
|
|
|
1910 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1911 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1912 {
|
|
|
1913 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1914 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1915 }
|
|
|
1916 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1917 }
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1920 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1921 /*
|
|
|
1922 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1923 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1924 */
|
|
|
1925 void
|
|
|
1926 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1927 int col;
|
|
|
1928 {
|
|
|
1929 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1930 {
|
|
|
1931 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1932 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1933 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1934 else
|
|
|
1935 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1936 }
|
|
|
1937 }
|
|
|
1938 #endif
|
|
|
1939
|
|
|
1940 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1941 /*
|
|
449
|
1942 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1943 */
|
|
|
1944 static void
|
|
|
1945 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1946 {
|
|
|
1947 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1948 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1949 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1950 {
|
|
|
1951 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1952 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1953 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
665
|
1954 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
449
|
1955 else
|
|
|
1956 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1957 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1958 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1959 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1960 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1961 showmode();
|
|
|
1962 }
|
|
|
1963 }
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 /*
|
|
|
1966 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1967 */
|
|
|
1968 static int
|
|
|
1969 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1970 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1971 {
|
|
703
|
1972 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
|
|
744
|
1973 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
|
1974 && !curwin->w_p_spell
|
|
|
1975 # endif
|
|
|
1976 )
|
|
449
|
1977 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1978 {
|
|
|
1979 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1980 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1981 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1982 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1983 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1984 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1985 {
|
|
|
1986 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1987 setcursor();
|
|
|
1988 out_flush();
|
|
|
1989 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1992 }
|
|
|
1993 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1994 }
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 /*
|
|
7
|
1997 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1998 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1999 */
|
|
|
2000 int
|
|
|
2001 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
2002 int c;
|
|
|
2003 {
|
|
|
2004 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
2005 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2006 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2007
|
|
610
|
2008 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
2009 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
2010 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2011
|
|
7
|
2012 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
2013 {
|
|
|
2014 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
2015 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
2016 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
2017 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
2018 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
2019 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
2020 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
2021 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
2022 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
2023 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
2024 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
2025 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
2026 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2027 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2028 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2029 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2030 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2031 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2032 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2033 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2034 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2035 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2036 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2037 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2038 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2039 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2040 #endif
|
|
|
2041 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2042 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
2043 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
2044 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2045 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
2046 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
2047 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
2048 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
2049 #endif
|
|
477
|
2050 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
2051 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
2052 }
|
|
|
2053 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
2054 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2055 }
|
|
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 /*
|
|
1430
|
2058 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
|
|
|
2059 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
|
|
|
2060 * is visible.
|
|
|
2061 */
|
|
|
2062 static int
|
|
|
2063 ins_compl_accept_char(c)
|
|
|
2064 int c;
|
|
|
2065 {
|
|
|
2066 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
2067 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
|
|
|
2068 return vim_isIDc(c);
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
2071 {
|
|
|
2072 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2073 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
|
|
|
2074 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
|
|
|
2075 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
|
|
|
2076 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
|
|
|
2077
|
|
|
2078 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2079 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
|
2080 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
|
|
|
2081 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
|
|
|
2082 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c);
|
|
|
2083
|
|
|
2084 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
2085 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
|
|
|
2086 return vim_isprintc(c);
|
|
|
2087 }
|
|
|
2088 return vim_iswordc(c);
|
|
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 /*
|
|
659
|
2092 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
2093 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
1219
|
2094 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
7
|
2095 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
2096 */
|
|
|
2097 int
|
|
681
|
2098 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2099 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2100 int len;
|
|
681
|
2101 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2102 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2103 int dir;
|
|
464
|
2104 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2105 {
|
|
1353
|
2106 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2107 int i, c;
|
|
|
2108 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
2109 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
|
|
|
2110 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
|
|
7
|
2111 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
2112 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
1353
|
2113
|
|
1436
|
2114 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
|
|
1353
|
2115 {
|
|
|
2116 /* Infer case of completed part. */
|
|
|
2117
|
|
|
2118 /* Find actual length of completion. */
|
|
|
2119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2120 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2121 {
|
|
|
2122 p = str;
|
|
|
2123 actual_len = 0;
|
|
|
2124 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2125 {
|
|
|
2126 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2127 ++actual_len;
|
|
|
2128 }
|
|
|
2129 }
|
|
|
2130 else
|
|
|
2131 #endif
|
|
|
2132 actual_len = len;
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 /* Find actual length of original text. */
|
|
|
2135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2136 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2137 {
|
|
|
2138 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2139 actual_compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
2140 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2141 {
|
|
1353
|
2142 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2143 ++actual_compl_length;
|
|
|
2144 }
|
|
|
2145 }
|
|
|
2146 else
|
|
|
2147 #endif
|
|
|
2148 actual_compl_length = compl_length;
|
|
|
2149
|
|
|
2150 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
|
|
|
2151 wca = (int *)alloc(actual_len * sizeof(int));
|
|
|
2152 if (wca != NULL)
|
|
|
2153 {
|
|
|
2154 p = str;
|
|
|
2155 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2156 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2157 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2158 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2159 else
|
|
|
2160 #endif
|
|
|
2161 wca[i] = *(p++);
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
2164 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2165 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
|
2166 {
|
|
|
2167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2168 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2169 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2170 else
|
|
|
2171 #endif
|
|
|
2172 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2173 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
|
|
7
|
2174 {
|
|
1353
|
2175 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
2176 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
|
|
|
2177 {
|
|
|
2178 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
|
|
|
2179 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2180 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2181 break;
|
|
|
2182 }
|
|
7
|
2183 }
|
|
|
2184 }
|
|
1353
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 /*
|
|
|
2187 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2188 * upper case.
|
|
|
2189 */
|
|
|
2190 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2191 {
|
|
|
2192 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2193 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
|
2194 {
|
|
|
2195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2196 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2197 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2198 else
|
|
|
2199 #endif
|
|
|
2200 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2201 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
|
|
|
2202 {
|
|
|
2203 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
|
|
|
2204 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2205 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2206 break;
|
|
|
2207 }
|
|
|
2208 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
|
|
|
2209 }
|
|
|
2210 }
|
|
|
2211
|
|
|
2212 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
|
|
|
2213 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2214 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
7
|
2215 {
|
|
1353
|
2216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2217 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2218 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2219 else
|
|
|
2220 #endif
|
|
|
2221 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2222 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
|
|
|
2223 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2224 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
|
|
|
2225 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
|
|
7
|
2226 }
|
|
1353
|
2227
|
|
1436
|
2228 /*
|
|
1353
|
2229 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
|
|
|
2230 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
|
|
|
2231 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
|
|
|
2232 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
|
|
|
2233 */
|
|
|
2234 p = IObuff;
|
|
|
2235 i = 0;
|
|
|
2236 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
2237 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2238 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1446
|
2239 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
|
|
1353
|
2240 else
|
|
|
2241 #endif
|
|
|
2242 *(p++) = wca[i++];
|
|
|
2243 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 vim_free(wca);
|
|
|
2246 }
|
|
7
|
2247
|
|
841
|
2248 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
|
|
|
2249 flags, FALSE);
|
|
|
2250 }
|
|
|
2251 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
2252 }
|
|
|
2253
|
|
|
2254 /*
|
|
|
2255 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2256 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
464
|
2257 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
681
|
2258 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
7
|
2259 */
|
|
841
|
2260 static int
|
|
944
|
2261 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup)
|
|
7
|
2262 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2263 int len;
|
|
681
|
2264 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2265 char_u *fname;
|
|
841
|
2266 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
659
|
2267 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2268 int flags;
|
|
944
|
2269 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */
|
|
7
|
2270 {
|
|
464
|
2271 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2272 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2275 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2276 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2277 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2278 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2279
|
|
|
2280 /*
|
|
|
2281 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2282 */
|
|
944
|
2283 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
|
|
449
|
2284 {
|
|
|
2285 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2286 do
|
|
|
2287 {
|
|
464
|
2288 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
989
|
2289 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
|
|
464
|
2290 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2291 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2292 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2293 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2294 }
|
|
|
2295
|
|
540
|
2296 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2297 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2298
|
|
7
|
2299 /*
|
|
|
2300 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2301 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2302 */
|
|
659
|
2303 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2304 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2305 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2306 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2307 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2308 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
694
|
2309 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2310 {
|
|
|
2311 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2312 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2313 }
|
|
681
|
2314 match->cp_icase = icase;
|
|
659
|
2315
|
|
7
|
2316 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2317 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2318 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2319 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2320 if (fname != NULL
|
|
829
|
2321 && compl_curr_match != NULL
|
|
659
|
2322 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2323 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2324 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2325 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2326 {
|
|
|
2327 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2328 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2329 }
|
|
7
|
2330 else
|
|
464
|
2331 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2332 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
786
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 if (cptext != NULL)
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 int i;
|
|
|
2337
|
|
|
2338 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
2339 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
2340 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
|
|
|
2341 }
|
|
7
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 /*
|
|
|
2344 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2345 */
|
|
449
|
2346 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2347 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2348 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2349 {
|
|
464
|
2350 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2351 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2352 }
|
|
|
2353 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2354 {
|
|
464
|
2355 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2356 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2357 }
|
|
|
2358 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2359 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2360 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2361 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2362 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2363 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2364 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2365
|
|
665
|
2366 /*
|
|
|
2367 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
|
2368 */
|
|
|
2369 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2370 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
2371
|
|
7
|
2372 return OK;
|
|
|
2373 }
|
|
|
2374
|
|
|
2375 /*
|
|
681
|
2376 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
|
|
|
2377 * match->cp_icase.
|
|
|
2378 */
|
|
|
2379 static int
|
|
|
2380 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
|
2381 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2382 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2383 int len;
|
|
|
2384 {
|
|
|
2385 if (match->cp_icase)
|
|
|
2386 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2387 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2388 }
|
|
|
2389
|
|
|
2390 /*
|
|
665
|
2391 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
|
2392 */
|
|
|
2393 static void
|
|
|
2394 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
|
2395 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2396 {
|
|
|
2397 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
681
|
2398 int c1, c2;
|
|
665
|
2399 int had_match;
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
2401 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
842
|
2402 {
|
|
665
|
2403 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
|
2404 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
842
|
2405 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2406 {
|
|
|
2407 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2408 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2409 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2410 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2411
|
|
|
2412 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2413 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2414 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2415 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2416 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2417 }
|
|
|
2418 }
|
|
665
|
2419 else
|
|
|
2420 {
|
|
|
2421 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
681
|
2422 p = compl_leader;
|
|
|
2423 s = match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2424 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
665
|
2425 {
|
|
|
2426 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2427 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2428 {
|
|
681
|
2429 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2430 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
|
665
|
2431 }
|
|
|
2432 else
|
|
|
2433 #endif
|
|
|
2434 {
|
|
681
|
2435 c1 = *p;
|
|
|
2436 c2 = *s;
|
|
|
2437 }
|
|
|
2438 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
|
|
|
2439 : (c1 != c2))
|
|
|
2440 break;
|
|
|
2441 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2442 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2443 {
|
|
|
2444 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2445 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
|
2446 }
|
|
|
2447 else
|
|
|
2448 #endif
|
|
|
2449 {
|
|
|
2450 ++p;
|
|
|
2451 ++s;
|
|
665
|
2452 }
|
|
|
2453 }
|
|
|
2454
|
|
|
2455 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2456 {
|
|
|
2457 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
|
2458 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2459 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2460 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2461 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2462 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2465 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2466 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2467 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2468 }
|
|
|
2469
|
|
|
2470 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2471 }
|
|
|
2472 }
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 /*
|
|
7
|
2475 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2476 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2477 */
|
|
|
2478 static void
|
|
681
|
2479 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
|
|
7
|
2480 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2481 char_u **matches;
|
|
681
|
2482 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2483 {
|
|
|
2484 int i;
|
|
|
2485 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2486 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2487
|
|
464
|
2488 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
681
|
2489 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
|
841
|
2490 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2491 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2492 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2493 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495
|
|
|
2496 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2497 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2498 */
|
|
|
2499 static int
|
|
|
2500 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2501 {
|
|
464
|
2502 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2503 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2504
|
|
449
|
2505 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2506 {
|
|
|
2507 /*
|
|
|
2508 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2509 */
|
|
449
|
2510 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2511 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2512 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2513 {
|
|
|
2514 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2515 ++count;
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
464
|
2517 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2518 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2519 }
|
|
|
2520 return count;
|
|
|
2521 }
|
|
|
2522
|
|
724
|
2523 /*
|
|
|
2524 * Start completion for the complete() function.
|
|
|
2525 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
|
|
|
2526 * "list" is the list of matches.
|
|
|
2527 */
|
|
|
2528 void
|
|
|
2529 set_completion(startcol, list)
|
|
|
2530 int startcol;
|
|
|
2531 list_T *list;
|
|
|
2532 {
|
|
|
2533 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
|
|
|
2534 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2535 ins_compl_prep(' ');
|
|
|
2536 ins_compl_clear();
|
|
|
2537
|
|
|
2538 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
2539 return;
|
|
|
2540
|
|
744
|
2541 if (startcol > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
724
|
2542 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2543 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2544 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - startcol;
|
|
|
2545 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
|
|
|
2546 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
2547 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
942
|
2548 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
|
|
724
|
2549 return;
|
|
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
|
|
|
2552 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2553
|
|
|
2554 ins_compl_add_list(list);
|
|
|
2555 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
2556 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
2557 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
929
|
2558 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
724
|
2559
|
|
|
2560 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2561 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2562 out_flush();
|
|
|
2563 }
|
|
|
2564
|
|
|
2565
|
|
574
|
2566 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2567 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2568 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2569 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2570
|
|
|
2571 /*
|
|
|
2572 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2573 */
|
|
|
2574 static void
|
|
|
2575 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2576 {
|
|
|
2577 int h;
|
|
|
2578
|
|
|
2579 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2580 {
|
|
|
2581 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2582 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2583 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2584 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2585 }
|
|
|
2586 }
|
|
|
2587
|
|
|
2588 /*
|
|
|
2589 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2590 */
|
|
|
2591 static void
|
|
|
2592 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2593 {
|
|
|
2594 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2595 {
|
|
|
2596 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2597 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2598 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2599 }
|
|
|
2600 }
|
|
|
2601
|
|
|
2602 /*
|
|
|
2603 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2604 */
|
|
|
2605 static int
|
|
|
2606 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2607 {
|
|
707
|
2608 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
|
|
665
|
2609 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
540
|
2610 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2613 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2614 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2615 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2616 #endif
|
|
|
2617 )
|
|
|
2618 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2619 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2620 }
|
|
|
2621
|
|
|
2622 /*
|
|
|
2623 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
707
|
2624 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
|
|
657
|
2625 */
|
|
|
2626 static int
|
|
707
|
2627 pum_enough_matches()
|
|
657
|
2628 {
|
|
|
2629 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2630 int i;
|
|
540
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2633 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2634 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2635 i = 0;
|
|
|
2636 do
|
|
|
2637 {
|
|
|
2638 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2639 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2640 break;
|
|
|
2641 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2642 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2643
|
|
707
|
2644 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
|
|
|
2645 return (i >= 1);
|
|
540
|
2646 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 /*
|
|
|
2650 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2651 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2652 */
|
|
648
|
2653 void
|
|
540
|
2654 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2655 {
|
|
|
2656 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2657 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2658 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2659 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2660 int i;
|
|
|
2661 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2662 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2663 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2664
|
|
707
|
2665 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
|
|
540
|
2666 return;
|
|
|
2667
|
|
794
|
2668 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
2669 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
|
|
|
2670 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
|
|
|
2671 #endif
|
|
|
2672
|
|
540
|
2673 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2674 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2675
|
|
|
2676 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2677 {
|
|
|
2678 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2679 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2680 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2681 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
835
|
2682 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2683 do
|
|
|
2684 {
|
|
657
|
2685 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2686 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2687 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2688 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2689 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2690 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2691 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2692 return;
|
|
659
|
2693 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2694 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2695 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2696 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2697 {
|
|
829
|
2698 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
|
|
|
2699 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
|
|
|
2700 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2701 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2702
|
|
540
|
2703 i = 0;
|
|
|
2704 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2705 do
|
|
|
2706 {
|
|
657
|
2707 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2708 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2709 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2710 {
|
|
659
|
2711 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2712 {
|
|
|
2713 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2714 {
|
|
|
2715 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2716 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2717 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2718 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2719 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2720 }
|
|
|
2721 else
|
|
|
2722 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2723 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2724 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2725 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2726 }
|
|
786
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
|
|
|
2729 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
|
|
|
2730 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
|
|
|
2731 else
|
|
|
2732 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2733 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
|
|
|
2734 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
|
|
|
2735 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
|
|
|
2736 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
|
|
|
2737 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
|
|
659
|
2738 else
|
|
|
2739 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2740 }
|
|
|
2741
|
|
|
2742 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2743 {
|
|
|
2744 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
716
|
2745
|
|
|
2746 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
|
|
|
2747 * compl_shown_match. */
|
|
|
2748 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2749 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2750
|
|
659
|
2751 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2752 {
|
|
|
2753 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2754 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2755 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2756 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2757 }
|
|
540
|
2758 }
|
|
|
2759 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2760 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2763 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2764 }
|
|
|
2765 }
|
|
|
2766 else
|
|
|
2767 {
|
|
|
2768 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2769 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
786
|
2770 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
|
|
|
2771 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
|
|
|
2772 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
|
|
829
|
2773 {
|
|
|
2774 cur = i;
|
|
657
|
2775 break;
|
|
829
|
2776 }
|
|
540
|
2777 }
|
|
|
2778
|
|
|
2779 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2780 {
|
|
|
2781 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2782 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2783 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2784 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
732
|
2785 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
|
|
540
|
2786 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2787 }
|
|
|
2788 }
|
|
|
2789
|
|
7
|
2790 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2791 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2792
|
|
7
|
2793 /*
|
|
703
|
2794 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
|
|
|
2795 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
|
|
7
|
2796 */
|
|
|
2797 static void
|
|
703
|
2798 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2799 char_u *dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2800 char_u *pat;
|
|
667
|
2801 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
|
703
|
2802 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
|
|
|
2803 {
|
|
|
2804 char_u *dict = dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2805 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2806 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2807 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2808 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2809 int count;
|
|
|
2810 int i;
|
|
|
2811 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2812 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2813
|
|
703
|
2814 if (*dict == NUL)
|
|
|
2815 {
|
|
744
|
2816 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2817 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
|
|
|
2818 * "spell". */
|
|
|
2819 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
|
2820 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
|
|
|
2821 else
|
|
|
2822 #endif
|
|
|
2823 return;
|
|
|
2824 }
|
|
|
2825
|
|
7
|
2826 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
703
|
2827 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
2828 return;
|
|
1074
|
2829 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
|
|
703
|
2830
|
|
7
|
2831 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2832 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2833 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2834 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
667
|
2835
|
|
|
2836 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
|
2837 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
842
|
2838 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
|
|
667
|
2839 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2840 {
|
|
842
|
2841 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
|
|
|
2842
|
|
|
2843 if (pat_esc == NULL)
|
|
1159
|
2844 goto theend;
|
|
842
|
2845 i = (int)STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
|
|
667
|
2846 ptr = alloc(i);
|
|
|
2847 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
842
|
2848 {
|
|
|
2849 vim_free(pat_esc);
|
|
1074
|
2850 goto theend;
|
|
842
|
2851 }
|
|
|
2852 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
|
|
|
2853 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
2854 vim_free(pat_esc);
|
|
667
|
2855 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
2856 }
|
|
|
2857 else
|
|
703
|
2858 {
|
|
667
|
2859 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
703
|
2860 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
2861 goto theend;
|
|
|
2862 }
|
|
667
|
2863
|
|
7
|
2864 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2865 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
703
|
2866 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2867 {
|
|
|
2868 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2869 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2870 {
|
|
|
2871 count = 1;
|
|
|
2872 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2873 }
|
|
|
2874 else
|
|
|
2875 {
|
|
|
2876 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2877 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2878 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2879 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
744
|
2880 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2881 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
|
|
|
2882 count = -1;
|
|
744
|
2883 else
|
|
|
2884 # endif
|
|
|
2885 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
7
|
2886 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2887 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2888 count = 0;
|
|
|
2889 }
|
|
|
2890
|
|
744
|
2891 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2892 if (count == -1)
|
|
|
2893 {
|
|
712
|
2894 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
|
|
|
2895 * don't use it as a RE. */
|
|
703
|
2896 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
|
|
|
2897 ptr = pat + 2;
|
|
|
2898 else
|
|
|
2899 ptr = pat;
|
|
|
2900 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
|
|
|
2901 }
|
|
|
2902 else
|
|
744
|
2903 # endif
|
|
938
|
2904 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
|
|
703
|
2905 {
|
|
|
2906 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
|
|
|
2907 ®match, buf, &dir);
|
|
7
|
2908 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
703
|
2909 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2910 }
|
|
|
2911 if (flags != 0)
|
|
7
|
2912 break;
|
|
|
2913 }
|
|
703
|
2914
|
|
|
2915 theend:
|
|
7
|
2916 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2917 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2918 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2919 }
|
|
|
2920
|
|
703
|
2921 static void
|
|
|
2922 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
|
|
|
2923 int count;
|
|
|
2924 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2925 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2926 int flags;
|
|
|
2927 regmatch_T *regmatch;
|
|
|
2928 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2929 int *dir;
|
|
|
2930 {
|
|
|
2931 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2932 int i;
|
|
|
2933 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2934 int add_r;
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2937 {
|
|
|
2938 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2939 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2940 {
|
|
|
2941 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2942 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2943 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2944 }
|
|
|
2945
|
|
|
2946 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2947 {
|
|
|
2948 /*
|
|
|
2949 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2950 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2951 */
|
|
|
2952 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2953 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2954 {
|
|
|
2955 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2956 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2957 {
|
|
|
2958 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
|
|
|
2959 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2960 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2961 else
|
|
|
2962 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2963 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
|
|
|
2964 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
|
|
942
|
2965 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
703
|
2966 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2967 {
|
|
|
2968 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2969
|
|
|
2970 /*
|
|
|
2971 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2972 */
|
|
1353
|
2973 ptr = buf;
|
|
703
|
2974 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2975 {
|
|
|
2976 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2977 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2978 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2979 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2980 break;
|
|
|
2981 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2982
|
|
1353
|
2983 /* Find end of the word. */
|
|
703
|
2984 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2985 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2986 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2987 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2988 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2989 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2990 {
|
|
|
2991 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
|
2992
|
|
|
2993 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2994 break;
|
|
|
2995 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2996 }
|
|
|
2997 else
|
|
|
2998 #endif
|
|
|
2999 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
1353
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
|
|
|
3002 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
|
|
|
3003 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
3004 (int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
|
3005 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
703
|
3006 }
|
|
|
3007 }
|
|
|
3008 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
3009 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3010 *dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3011 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
|
3012 break;
|
|
|
3013 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
3014 * of line */
|
|
|
3015 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
3016 break;
|
|
|
3017 }
|
|
|
3018 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
3019 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
|
3020 }
|
|
|
3021 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
3022 }
|
|
|
3023 }
|
|
|
3024 }
|
|
|
3025
|
|
7
|
3026 /*
|
|
|
3027 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
3028 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
3029 */
|
|
|
3030 char_u *
|
|
|
3031 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
3032 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3033 {
|
|
|
3034 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3035 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3036 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
3037 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
3038 else
|
|
|
3039 #endif
|
|
|
3040 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3041 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3042 return ptr;
|
|
|
3043 }
|
|
|
3044
|
|
|
3045 /*
|
|
|
3046 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
3047 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
3048 */
|
|
|
3049 char_u *
|
|
|
3050 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
3051 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3052 {
|
|
|
3053 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3054 int start_class;
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3057 {
|
|
|
3058 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
3059 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
3060 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
474
|
3062 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
3063 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
3064 break;
|
|
|
3065 }
|
|
|
3066 }
|
|
|
3067 else
|
|
|
3068 #endif
|
|
|
3069 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3070 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3071 return ptr;
|
|
|
3072 }
|
|
|
3073
|
|
|
3074 /*
|
|
667
|
3075 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
|
3076 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
|
3077 */
|
|
|
3078 static char_u *
|
|
|
3079 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
|
3080 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3081 {
|
|
|
3082 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3083
|
|
|
3084 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3085 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
|
3086 --s;
|
|
|
3087 return s;
|
|
|
3088 }
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 /*
|
|
7
|
3091 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
3092 */
|
|
|
3093 static void
|
|
|
3094 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
3095 {
|
|
464
|
3096 compl_T *match;
|
|
786
|
3097 int i;
|
|
7
|
3098
|
|
449
|
3099 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3100 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
3101 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3102 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3103
|
|
|
3104 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3105 return;
|
|
540
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
3108 pum_clear();
|
|
|
3109
|
|
449
|
3110 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
3111 do
|
|
|
3112 {
|
|
449
|
3113 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
3114 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3115 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
3116 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
3117 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
3118 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
786
|
3119 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3120 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
|
|
7
|
3121 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
3122 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
3123 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3124 }
|
|
|
3125
|
|
|
3126 static void
|
|
|
3127 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
449
|
3129 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3130 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3131 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
3132 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3133 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
3134 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3135 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3136 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
724
|
3137 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3138 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
825
|
3139 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3140 }
|
|
|
3141
|
|
|
3142 /*
|
|
674
|
3143 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
|
3144 */
|
|
|
3145 int
|
|
|
3146 ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
3147 {
|
|
|
3148 return compl_started;
|
|
|
3149 }
|
|
|
3150
|
|
|
3151 /*
|
|
659
|
3152 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
3153 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
836
|
3154 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
|
|
|
3155 * to be got from the user.
|
|
657
|
3156 */
|
|
|
3157 static int
|
|
|
3158 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
3159 {
|
|
|
3160 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3161 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3162
|
|
836
|
3163 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
3164 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3165 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
3166
|
|
1430
|
3167 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion
|
|
|
3168 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */
|
|
|
3169 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
|
|
|
3170 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
|
|
|
3171 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0))
|
|
836
|
3172 return K_BS;
|
|
|
3173
|
|
874
|
3174 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
|
|
|
3175 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
|
|
|
3176 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
|
|
|
3177 || compl_was_interrupted)
|
|
|
3178 ins_compl_restart();
|
|
657
|
3179
|
|
|
3180 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
835
|
3181 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
657
|
3182 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3183 {
|
|
874
|
3184 ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
|
3185 return NUL;
|
|
|
3186 }
|
|
|
3187 return K_BS;
|
|
|
3188 }
|
|
|
3189
|
|
|
3190 /*
|
|
|
3191 * Called after changing "compl_leader".
|
|
|
3192 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
|
|
|
3193 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
|
|
|
3194 */
|
|
|
3195 static void
|
|
|
3196 ins_compl_new_leader()
|
|
|
3197 {
|
|
|
3198 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
3199 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3200 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3201 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
3202
|
|
|
3203 if (compl_started)
|
|
|
3204 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3205 else
|
|
|
3206 {
|
|
826
|
3207 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
874
|
3208 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
|
|
|
3209 #endif
|
|
|
3210 /*
|
|
|
3211 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display
|
|
|
3212 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to
|
|
|
3213 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
|
|
|
3214 */
|
|
|
3215 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3216 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3217 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3218 {
|
|
|
3219 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
|
|
|
3220 setcursor();
|
|
|
3221 out_flush();
|
|
|
3222 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3223 }
|
|
|
3224 #endif
|
|
|
3225 compl_restarting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3226 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3227 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3228 compl_restarting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3229 }
|
|
|
3230
|
|
887
|
3231 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */
|
|
874
|
3232 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
|
3233 {
|
|
829
|
3234 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
|
|
|
3235 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
|
3236 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
|
|
|
3237 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
3238 else
|
|
|
3239 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3240 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3241 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
874
|
3242 }
|
|
887
|
3243 #endif
|
|
|
3244 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
|
|
874
|
3245
|
|
|
3246 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
3247 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
947
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
|
3250 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
3251 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
3252 }
|
|
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 /*
|
|
|
3255 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3256 * matches.
|
|
|
3257 */
|
|
|
3258 static void
|
|
|
3259 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
3260 int c;
|
|
|
3261 {
|
|
|
3262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3263 int cc;
|
|
|
3264
|
|
|
3265 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
3266 {
|
|
|
3267 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
3268
|
|
|
3269 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
3270 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
3271 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
3272 }
|
|
|
3273 else
|
|
|
3274 #endif
|
|
|
3275 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
3276
|
|
874
|
3277 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
|
|
|
3278 if (compl_was_interrupted)
|
|
|
3279 ins_compl_restart();
|
|
|
3280
|
|
657
|
3281 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3282 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
3283 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3284 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
874
|
3285 ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
|
3286 }
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
3288 /*
|
|
|
3289 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
|
|
|
3290 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
|
|
|
3291 */
|
|
|
3292 static void
|
|
|
3293 ins_compl_restart()
|
|
|
3294 {
|
|
|
3295 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
3296 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3297 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
3298 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3299 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
694
|
3300 }
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 /*
|
|
|
3303 * Set the first match, the original text.
|
|
|
3304 */
|
|
|
3305 static void
|
|
|
3306 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
|
|
|
3307 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3308 {
|
|
|
3309 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3310
|
|
|
3311 /* Replace the original text entry. */
|
|
|
3312 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
|
|
|
3313 {
|
|
|
3314 p = vim_strsave(str);
|
|
|
3315 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3316 {
|
|
|
3317 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
|
|
|
3318 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
|
|
|
3319 }
|
|
657
|
3320 }
|
|
|
3321 }
|
|
|
3322
|
|
|
3323 /*
|
|
659
|
3324 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3325 * matches.
|
|
|
3326 */
|
|
|
3327 static void
|
|
|
3328 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
|
3330 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3331 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3332 int c;
|
|
887
|
3333 compl_T *cp;
|
|
659
|
3334
|
|
|
3335 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
677
|
3336 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
887
|
3337 {
|
|
|
3338 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
|
|
|
3339 * the leader. */
|
|
|
3340 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3341 {
|
|
|
3342 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3343 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
|
|
|
3344 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
987
|
3346 if (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
3347 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
|
|
887
|
3348 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
|
3349 {
|
|
|
3350 p = cp->cp_str;
|
|
|
3351 break;
|
|
|
3352 }
|
|
|
3353 }
|
|
|
3354 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
|
|
|
3355 return;
|
|
|
3356 }
|
|
|
3357 else
|
|
|
3358 return;
|
|
|
3359 }
|
|
659
|
3360 p += len;
|
|
|
3361 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3362 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
3363 #else
|
|
|
3364 c = *p;
|
|
|
3365 #endif
|
|
|
3366 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
3367 }
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 /*
|
|
7
|
3370 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
3371 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
3372 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
3373 */
|
|
540
|
3374 static int
|
|
7
|
3375 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
3376 int c;
|
|
|
3377 {
|
|
|
3378 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3379 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
3380 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3381
|
|
|
3382 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
3383 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
3384 */
|
|
|
3385 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3386 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3387
|
|
1434
|
3388 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
|
|
|
3389 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP)
|
|
540
|
3390 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3391
|
|
665
|
3392 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
|
3393 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
3394 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
|
3395 {
|
|
|
3396 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
|
3397 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
3398 }
|
|
|
3399
|
|
7
|
3400 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
3401 {
|
|
|
3402 /*
|
|
|
3403 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
3404 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
3405 */
|
|
|
3406 switch (c)
|
|
|
3407 {
|
|
|
3408 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
3409 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
3410 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
3411 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
3412 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3413 else
|
|
|
3414 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3415 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3416 showmode();
|
|
|
3417 break;
|
|
|
3418 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
3419 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
3420 break;
|
|
|
3421 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
3422 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
3423 break;
|
|
|
3424 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
3425 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3426 break;
|
|
|
3427 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
3428 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
3429 break;
|
|
|
3430 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
3431 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3432 break;
|
|
12
|
3433 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3434 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
3435 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
3436 break;
|
|
449
|
3437 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
3438 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
3439 break;
|
|
502
|
3440 #endif
|
|
477
|
3441 case 's':
|
|
|
3442 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
3443 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
744
|
3444 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
819
|
3445 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
|
|
484
|
3446 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
819
|
3447 --emsg_off;
|
|
484
|
3448 #endif
|
|
477
|
3449 break;
|
|
7
|
3450 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
3451 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3452 break;
|
|
|
3453 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3454 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
3455 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
3456 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3457 break;
|
|
|
3458 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
3459 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3460 break;
|
|
|
3461 #endif
|
|
|
3462 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
3463 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
3464 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
3465 break;
|
|
|
3466 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
3467 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
3468 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
3469 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
3470 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3471 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
3472 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3473 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
3474 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3475 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
3476 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3477 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3478 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3479 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
3480 default:
|
|
449
|
3481 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
3482 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
3483 * mode).
|
|
|
3484 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
3485 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
3486 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
3487 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
3488 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
3489 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
3490 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
3491 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
3492 {
|
|
449
|
3493 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3494 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3495 else
|
|
449
|
3496 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
3497 }
|
|
|
3498 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3499 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3500 showmode();
|
|
|
3501 break;
|
|
|
3502 }
|
|
|
3503 }
|
|
|
3504 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3505 {
|
|
|
3506 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
3507 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3508 {
|
|
|
3509 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
3510 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3511 else
|
|
|
3512 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
3513 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3514 }
|
|
|
3515 showmode();
|
|
|
3516 }
|
|
|
3517
|
|
449
|
3518 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
3519 {
|
|
|
3520 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
3521 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
3522 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
3523 showmode();
|
|
644
|
3524 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
3525 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
3526 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
3527 {
|
|
|
3528 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
3529 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
3530 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
836
|
3531 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
7
|
3532 {
|
|
449
|
3533 char_u *p;
|
|
938
|
3534 int temp = 0;
|
|
449
|
3535
|
|
7
|
3536 /*
|
|
836
|
3537 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
|
|
|
3538 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
|
|
|
3539 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
|
|
|
3540 * of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
3541 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
|
|
|
3542 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
|
|
7
|
3543 */
|
|
836
|
3544 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
|
|
|
3545 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
|
3546 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3547 ptr = compl_leader;
|
|
|
3548 else
|
|
|
3549 ptr = compl_orig_text;
|
|
897
|
3550 if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
|
|
|
3551 {
|
|
|
3552 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
3553 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp];
|
|
|
3554 ++temp)
|
|
|
3555 ;
|
|
836
|
3556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
897
|
3557 if (temp > 0)
|
|
|
3558 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
|
|
|
3559 #endif
|
|
|
3560 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
|
|
3561 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
3562 }
|
|
|
3563 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
3564 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
|
|
7
|
3565 }
|
|
|
3566
|
|
|
3567 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3568 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
3569 #endif
|
|
|
3570 /*
|
|
|
3571 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
3572 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
3573 */
|
|
449
|
3574 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
3575 {
|
|
|
3576 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3577 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
3578 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
3579 {
|
|
|
3580 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3581 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
3582 }
|
|
|
3583 #endif
|
|
|
3584 }
|
|
|
3585 else
|
|
|
3586 {
|
|
1073
|
3587 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3588
|
|
7
|
3589 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
1073
|
3590 if (prev_col > 0)
|
|
|
3591 dec_cursor();
|
|
7
|
3592 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3593 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
1073
|
3594 if (prev_col > 0
|
|
|
3595 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
|
|
|
3596 inc_cursor();
|
|
7
|
3597 }
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
3600
|
|
816
|
3601 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
|
|
825
|
3602 * the selection without inserting anything. When
|
|
|
3603 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
3604 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
3605 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
|
3606 && pum_visible())
|
|
540
|
3607 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3608
|
|
816
|
3609 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
|
|
|
3610 if (c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
|
3611 {
|
|
|
3612 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3613 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3614 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3615 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
819
|
3616 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text
|
|
816
|
3617 + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3618 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3619 }
|
|
|
3620
|
|
7
|
3621 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
3622 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3623 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
3624 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3625 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
825
|
3626 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3627 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
3628 {
|
|
|
3629 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3630 showmode();
|
|
|
3631 }
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3634 /*
|
|
|
3635 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
3636 */
|
|
|
3637 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
3638 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3639 #endif
|
|
|
3640 }
|
|
|
3641 }
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
3644 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
3645 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3646 {
|
|
449
|
3647 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3648 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
3649 }
|
|
540
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3652 }
|
|
|
3653
|
|
|
3654 /*
|
|
|
3655 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
3656 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
3657 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
3658 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
3659 *
|
|
|
3660 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3661 */
|
|
|
3662 static buf_T *
|
|
|
3663 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
3664 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3665 int flag;
|
|
|
3666 {
|
|
|
3667 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3668 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
3669 #endif
|
|
|
3670
|
|
|
3671 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3672 {
|
|
|
3673 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3674 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3675 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3676 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3677 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3678 ;
|
|
|
3679 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3680 #else
|
|
|
3681 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3682 #endif
|
|
|
3683 }
|
|
|
3684 else
|
|
|
3685 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3686 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3687 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3688 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3689 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3690 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3691 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3692 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
667
|
3693 || buf->b_scanned))
|
|
7
|
3694 ;
|
|
|
3695 return buf;
|
|
|
3696 }
|
|
|
3697
|
|
12
|
3698 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3699 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3700
|
|
|
3701 /*
|
|
523
|
3702 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3703 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
12
|
3704 */
|
|
659
|
3705 static void
|
|
|
3706 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3707 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3708 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3709 {
|
|
452
|
3710 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3711 char_u *args[2];
|
|
|
3712 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3713 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3714
|
|
|
3715 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3716 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3717 return;
|
|
452
|
3718
|
|
|
3719 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3720 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3721 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3724 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3725 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3726 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3727 return;
|
|
|
3728
|
|
724
|
3729 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
|
|
|
3730 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
3731 }
|
|
|
3732 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3733
|
|
786
|
3734 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
3735 /*
|
|
|
3736 * Add completions from a list.
|
|
|
3737 */
|
|
|
3738 static void
|
|
|
3739 ins_compl_add_list(list)
|
|
|
3740 list_T *list;
|
|
|
3741 {
|
|
|
3742 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3743 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3744
|
|
659
|
3745 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
724
|
3746 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
452
|
3747 {
|
|
786
|
3748 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
|
|
|
3749 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3750 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
648
|
3751 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3752 break;
|
|
452
|
3753 }
|
|
724
|
3754 }
|
|
786
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 /*
|
|
|
3757 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
|
|
|
3758 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
3759 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
3760 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
|
3761 */
|
|
|
3762 int
|
|
|
3763 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
|
|
|
3764 typval_T *tv;
|
|
|
3765 int dir;
|
|
|
3766 {
|
|
|
3767 char_u *word;
|
|
867
|
3768 int icase = FALSE;
|
|
944
|
3769 int adup = FALSE;
|
|
786
|
3770 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3773 {
|
|
|
3774 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3775 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3776 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
|
|
|
3777 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3778 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
|
3779 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3780 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
|
|
|
3781 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3782 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
|
|
|
3783 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
|
3784 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
|
|
841
|
3785 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
944
|
3786 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
|
|
786
|
3787 }
|
|
|
3788 else
|
|
|
3789 {
|
|
|
3790 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
|
|
|
3791 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
|
|
|
3792 }
|
|
|
3793 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
|
|
|
3794 return FAIL;
|
|
944
|
3795 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
|
|
786
|
3796 }
|
|
724
|
3797 #endif
|
|
12
|
3798
|
|
449
|
3799 /*
|
|
|
3800 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3801 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3802 * compl_direction.
|
|
667
|
3803 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
|
3804 * where we stopped searching before.
|
|
449
|
3805 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3806 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3807 */
|
|
|
3808 static int
|
|
659
|
3809 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3810 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3811 {
|
|
|
3812 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3813 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3814 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3815 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3816 certain type. */
|
|
|
3817 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3818
|
|
464
|
3819 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3820 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3821 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3822 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3823 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3824 int i;
|
|
|
3825 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3826 int len;
|
|
|
3827 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3828 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3829 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3830 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3831 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3832 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3833
|
|
449
|
3834 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3835 {
|
|
|
3836 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3837 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3838 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3839 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3840 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3841 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3842 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3843 }
|
|
|
3844
|
|
449
|
3845 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3846 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3847 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3848 for (;;)
|
|
|
3849 {
|
|
|
3850 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3851
|
|
449
|
3852 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3853 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3854 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3855 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3856 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3857 {
|
|
|
3858 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3859 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3860 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3861 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3862 {
|
|
|
3863 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3864 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3865 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3866 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3867 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3868 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3869 type = 0;
|
|
|
3870 }
|
|
|
3871 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3872 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3873 {
|
|
|
3874 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3875 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3876 {
|
|
449
|
3877 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3878 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3879 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3880 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3881 type = 0;
|
|
|
3882 }
|
|
|
3883 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3884 {
|
|
|
3885 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3886 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3887 continue;
|
|
|
3888 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3889 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3890 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3891 }
|
|
274
|
3892 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3893 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3894 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3895 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3896 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3897 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3898 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3899 }
|
|
|
3900 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3901 break;
|
|
|
3902 else
|
|
|
3903 {
|
|
|
3904 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3905 type = -1;
|
|
|
3906 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3907 {
|
|
|
3908 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3909 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3910 else
|
|
|
3911 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3912 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3915 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3916 }
|
|
|
3917 }
|
|
|
3918 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3919 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3920 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3921 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3922 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3923 #endif
|
|
|
3924 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3925 {
|
|
|
3926 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3927 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3928 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3929 }
|
|
|
3930 else
|
|
|
3931 type = -1;
|
|
|
3932
|
|
|
3933 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3934 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3935
|
|
|
3936 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3937 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3938 continue;
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940 }
|
|
|
3941
|
|
|
3942 switch (type)
|
|
|
3943 {
|
|
|
3944 case -1:
|
|
|
3945 break;
|
|
|
3946 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3947 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3948 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
3949 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3950 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3951 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3952 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3953 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3954 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3955 break;
|
|
|
3956 #endif
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3959 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3960 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
703
|
3961 dict != NULL ? dict
|
|
7
|
3962 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3963 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3964 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3965 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3966 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3967 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3968 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
3969 compl_pattern,
|
|
703
|
3970 dict != NULL ? dict_f
|
|
|
3971 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
7
|
3972 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3973 break;
|
|
|
3974
|
|
|
3975 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3976 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3977 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3978 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3979
|
|
|
3980 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3981 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3982 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3983 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3984 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3985 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3986 {
|
|
942
|
3987 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
7
|
3988 }
|
|
|
3989 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3990 break;
|
|
|
3991
|
|
|
3992 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3993 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3994 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3995 {
|
|
|
3996
|
|
|
3997 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3998 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
681
|
3999 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
|
|
|
4000 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4001 TRUE
|
|
|
4002 #else
|
|
|
4003 FALSE
|
|
|
4004 #endif
|
|
|
4005 );
|
|
7
|
4006 }
|
|
|
4007 break;
|
|
|
4008
|
|
|
4009 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
4010 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4011 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
4012 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
681
|
4013 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
4014 break;
|
|
|
4015
|
|
12
|
4016 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4017 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
4018 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
4019 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
4020 break;
|
|
|
4021 #endif
|
|
|
4022
|
|
477
|
4023 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
744
|
4024 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
477
|
4025 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
4026 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
4027 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
942
|
4028 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
477
|
4029 #endif
|
|
|
4030 break;
|
|
|
4031
|
|
7
|
4032 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
4033 /*
|
|
|
4034 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
4035 */
|
|
|
4036 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
4037 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
4038 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
4039
|
|
7
|
4040 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
4041 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
4042 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
4043 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
4044 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
4045 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
4046 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
4047 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
4048 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
4049 for (;;)
|
|
|
4050 {
|
|
464
|
4051 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
4052
|
|
1007
|
4053 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
|
|
|
4054
|
|
540
|
4055 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
4056 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
4057 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
4058 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
4059 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
4060 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
4061 else
|
|
659
|
4062 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
4063 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
4064 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
692
|
4065 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0);
|
|
1007
|
4066 --msg_silent;
|
|
449
|
4067 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4068 {
|
|
667
|
4069 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
|
449
|
4070 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4071 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
4072 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
4073 }
|
|
|
4074 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
665
|
4075 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
7
|
4076 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
4077 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
4078 {
|
|
|
4079 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
4080 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
4081 break;
|
|
|
4082 }
|
|
|
4083
|
|
|
4084 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
4085 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
4086 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
4087 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
4088 continue;
|
|
|
4089 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
4090 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4091 {
|
|
449
|
4092 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4093 {
|
|
|
4094 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4095 continue;
|
|
|
4096 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
4097 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
4098 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
4099 }
|
|
|
4100 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
4101 }
|
|
|
4102 else
|
|
|
4103 {
|
|
449
|
4104 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
4105
|
|
|
4106 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4107 {
|
|
449
|
4108 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4109 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
4110 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
4111 continue;
|
|
|
4112 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
4113 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4114 }
|
|
|
4115 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
4116 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4117 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
4118
|
|
449
|
4119 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4120 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
4121 {
|
|
|
4122 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4123 {
|
|
|
4124 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
4125 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
4126 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
4127 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
4128 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
4129 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
4130 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
4131 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
4132 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
4133 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4134 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
4135 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4136 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
4137 {
|
|
419
|
4138 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
4139 {
|
|
419
|
4140 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
4141 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
4142 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
4143 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
4144 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
4145 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
4146 == NULL
|
|
419
|
4147 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
4148 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
4149 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
4150 }
|
|
|
4151 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
4152 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
4153 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
4154 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
4155 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
4156 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4157 }
|
|
|
4158 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4159 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
4160 }
|
|
449
|
4161 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
4162 continue;
|
|
|
4163 }
|
|
|
4164 }
|
|
942
|
4165 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
|
540
|
4166 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
4167 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
4168 {
|
|
|
4169 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
4170 break;
|
|
|
4171 }
|
|
|
4172 }
|
|
|
4173 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
4174 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
4175 }
|
|
540
|
4176
|
|
449
|
4177 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
4178 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
4179 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
4180 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
4181
|
|
|
4182 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
4183 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
4184 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4185 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4188 break;
|
|
665
|
4189 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
989
|
4190 if (type != -1)
|
|
540
|
4191 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
665
|
4192
|
|
540
|
4193 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4194 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
4195 break;
|
|
|
4196 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
4197 }
|
|
|
4198 else
|
|
|
4199 {
|
|
|
4200 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
4201 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
4202 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
4203
|
|
|
4204 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
4205 }
|
|
449
|
4206 }
|
|
|
4207 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4210 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
4211 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
4214 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
4215 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
4216 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
4219 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
4220 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
724
|
4221 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
|
|
|
4222 : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
4223 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
4224 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
4225 return i;
|
|
|
4226 }
|
|
|
4227
|
|
|
4228 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
4229 static void
|
|
|
4230 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
4231 {
|
|
|
4232 int i;
|
|
|
4233
|
|
|
4234 /*
|
|
|
4235 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
4236 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
4237 */
|
|
449
|
4238 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
4239 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4240 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
4241 }
|
|
|
4242
|
|
|
4243 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
4244 static void
|
|
|
4245 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
4246 {
|
|
464
|
4247 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
683
|
4248 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
4249 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
4250 else
|
|
|
4251 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4252 }
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 /*
|
|
|
4255 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
4256 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
4257 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
4258 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
4259 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
4260 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
4261 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
4262 *
|
|
449
|
4263 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
4264 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
4265 *
|
|
|
4266 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
4267 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
4268 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
4269 */
|
|
|
4270 static int
|
|
665
|
4271 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
|
7
|
4272 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
4273 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
4274 be at least 1 */
|
|
665
|
4275 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
|
7
|
4276 {
|
|
|
4277 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
4278 int i;
|
|
610
|
4279 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
4280 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
4281 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
836
|
4282 int advance;
|
|
7
|
4283
|
|
665
|
4284 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
4285 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
4286 {
|
|
|
4287 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
|
4288 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
681
|
4289 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
835
|
4290 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
665
|
4291 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
4292 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
4293 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
887
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
|
|
|
4296 * backward, find the last match. */
|
|
|
4297 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
4298 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
4299 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
|
4300 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
|
|
|
4301 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
|
4303 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
4304 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
|
4305 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
|
4306 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
4307 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
4308 }
|
|
665
|
4309 }
|
|
|
4310
|
|
|
4311 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
874
|
4312 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
|
|
7
|
4313 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
4314 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
665
|
4315
|
|
836
|
4316 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
|
|
|
4317 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
|
|
|
4318 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
|
|
|
4319
|
|
874
|
4320 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
|
|
|
4321 if (compl_restarting)
|
|
|
4322 {
|
|
|
4323 advance = FALSE;
|
|
|
4324 compl_restarting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4325 }
|
|
|
4326
|
|
610
|
4327 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
4328 * around. */
|
|
|
4329 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
4330 {
|
|
|
4331 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
4332 {
|
|
|
4333 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
4334 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
4335 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
4336 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
4337 }
|
|
|
4338 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
4339 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
4340 {
|
|
657
|
4341 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
4342 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
4343 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
4344 }
|
|
|
4345 else
|
|
610
|
4346 {
|
|
909
|
4347 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4348 {
|
|
|
4349 if (advance)
|
|
|
4350 {
|
|
|
4351 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
4352 compl_pending -= todo + 1;
|
|
|
4353 else
|
|
|
4354 compl_pending += todo + 1;
|
|
|
4355 }
|
|
|
4356 return -1;
|
|
|
4357 }
|
|
|
4358
|
|
836
|
4359 if (advance)
|
|
|
4360 {
|
|
|
4361 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
4362 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
4363 else
|
|
|
4364 ++compl_pending;
|
|
|
4365 }
|
|
657
|
4366
|
|
874
|
4367 /* Find matches. */
|
|
659
|
4368 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
909
|
4369
|
|
|
4370 /* handle any pending completions */
|
|
|
4371 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
|
|
836
|
4372 && advance)
|
|
909
|
4373 {
|
|
|
4374 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
4375 {
|
|
|
4376 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4377 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
4378 }
|
|
|
4379 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
4380 {
|
|
|
4381 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
4382 ++compl_pending;
|
|
|
4383 }
|
|
|
4384 else
|
|
|
4385 break;
|
|
|
4386 }
|
|
657
|
4387 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
4388 }
|
|
|
4389 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
4390 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
681
|
4391 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
835
|
4392 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
657
|
4393 ++todo;
|
|
|
4394 else
|
|
|
4395 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
4396 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4397
|
|
|
4398 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
4399 if (found_end)
|
|
|
4400 {
|
|
|
4401 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
4402 {
|
|
657
|
4403 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
4404 break;
|
|
610
|
4405 }
|
|
657
|
4406 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
4407 }
|
|
7
|
4408 }
|
|
|
4409
|
|
665
|
4410 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
|
4411 if (insert_match)
|
|
|
4412 {
|
|
|
4413 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
|
4414 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
4415 else
|
|
|
4416 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
4417 }
|
|
|
4418 else
|
|
|
4419 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4420
|
|
|
4421 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4422 {
|
|
540
|
4423 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
4424 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4425
|
|
665
|
4426 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
|
4427 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
4428
|
|
540
|
4429 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
4430 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
864
|
4431 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4432 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4433 {
|
|
|
4434 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
|
|
|
4435 setcursor();
|
|
|
4436 out_flush();
|
|
|
4437 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4438 }
|
|
|
4439 #endif
|
|
540
|
4440
|
|
7
|
4441 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
4442 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
4443 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
4444 }
|
|
|
4445
|
|
825
|
4446 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
|
|
1219
|
4447 * menu is visible. */
|
|
825
|
4448 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
|
|
|
4449
|
|
7
|
4450 /*
|
|
|
4451 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
4452 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
4453 */
|
|
464
|
4454 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4455 {
|
|
|
4456 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
4457 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
4458 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
4459 i = 0;
|
|
|
4460 else
|
|
|
4461 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
4462 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
4463 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
4464 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
4465 }
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 return num_matches;
|
|
|
4468 }
|
|
|
4469
|
|
|
4470 /*
|
|
|
4471 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
4472 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
716
|
4473 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
4474 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
4475 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
4476 */
|
|
|
4477 void
|
|
464
|
4478 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
4479 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
4480 {
|
|
|
4481 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
4482
|
|
|
4483 int c;
|
|
|
4484
|
|
|
4485 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
4486 * scripts */
|
|
|
4487 if (using_script())
|
|
|
4488 return;
|
|
|
4489
|
|
|
4490 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
4491 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
4492 return;
|
|
|
4493 count = 0;
|
|
|
4494
|
|
909
|
4495 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
|
|
|
4496 * can't do its work correctly. */
|
|
7
|
4497 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
4498 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
4501 {
|
|
|
4502 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
4503 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
665
|
4504 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
4505 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
7
|
4506 }
|
|
909
|
4507 else
|
|
|
4508 {
|
|
|
4509 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
|
|
|
4510 * back with vungetc() below. */
|
|
|
4511 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4512
|
|
|
4513 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
|
|
|
4514 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
|
|
|
4515 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4516 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
4517
|
|
|
4518 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
4519 }
|
|
449
|
4520 }
|
|
716
|
4521 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
|
|
909
|
4522 {
|
|
|
4523 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
|
4526 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
|
|
|
4527 }
|
|
610
|
4528 }
|
|
|
4529
|
|
|
4530 /*
|
|
|
4531 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
4532 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
4533 */
|
|
|
4534 static int
|
|
|
4535 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
4536 int c;
|
|
|
4537 {
|
|
665
|
4538 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
4539 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|
4540 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
|
610
|
4541 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
4542 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
4543 }
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 /*
|
|
644
|
4546 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
4547 * is visible.
|
|
|
4548 */
|
|
|
4549 static int
|
|
|
4550 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
4551 int c;
|
|
|
4552 {
|
|
|
4553 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
665
|
4554 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
|
4555 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
644
|
4556 }
|
|
|
4557
|
|
|
4558 /*
|
|
610
|
4559 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
4560 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
4561 */
|
|
|
4562 static int
|
|
|
4563 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
4564 int c;
|
|
|
4565 {
|
|
|
4566 int h;
|
|
|
4567
|
|
665
|
4568 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
|
610
|
4569 {
|
|
|
4570 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
4571 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
4572 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
4573 return h;
|
|
|
4574 }
|
|
|
4575 return 1;
|
|
7
|
4576 }
|
|
|
4577
|
|
|
4578 /*
|
|
681
|
4579 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
|
|
|
4580 * to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
|
4581 */
|
|
|
4582 static int
|
|
|
4583 ins_compl_use_match(c)
|
|
|
4584 int c;
|
|
|
4585 {
|
|
|
4586 switch (c)
|
|
|
4587 {
|
|
|
4588 case K_UP:
|
|
|
4589 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
4590 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4591 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4592 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
4593 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
4594 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
4595 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
4596 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4597 }
|
|
|
4598 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4599 }
|
|
|
4600
|
|
|
4601 /*
|
|
7
|
4602 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
4603 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
4604 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
4605 */
|
|
|
4606 static int
|
|
|
4607 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
4608 int c;
|
|
7
|
4609 {
|
|
449
|
4610 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4611 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
4612 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
4613 int n;
|
|
7
|
4614
|
|
610
|
4615 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
4616 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4617 {
|
|
|
4618 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4621 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4622 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4623 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4624 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4625 #endif
|
|
|
4626 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4627 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4628
|
|
|
4629 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
4630 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
716
|
4631 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
7
|
4632
|
|
1430
|
4633 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
4634 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
4635 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
1430
|
4636 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
|
|
|
4637 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL
|
|
|
4638 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
|
|
|
4639 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
665
|
4640 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
|
4641 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
4642 {
|
|
|
4643 /*
|
|
|
4644 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
4645 */
|
|
449
|
4646 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
4647 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4648 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4649 {
|
|
449
|
4650 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
4651 {
|
|
449
|
4652 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
4653 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
4654 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
4655 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
4656 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
4657 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4658 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4659 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
4660 }
|
|
|
4661 else
|
|
|
4662 {
|
|
|
4663 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
4664 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
4665 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
4666 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4667 {
|
|
449
|
4668 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4669 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
4670 line + compl_length
|
|
|
4671 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
4672 }
|
|
449
|
4673 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
4674 }
|
|
449
|
4675 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
4676 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
4677 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
4678 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
4679 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
4680 {
|
|
449
|
4681 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4682 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
4683 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4684 }
|
|
449
|
4685 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4686 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
4687 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
4688 }
|
|
|
4689 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4690 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
4691 else
|
|
449
|
4692 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
4693 }
|
|
|
4694 else
|
|
449
|
4695 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
4696
|
|
|
4697 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
4698 {
|
|
|
4699 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
4700 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
4701 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
4702 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4703 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4704 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
4705 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
4706 }
|
|
|
4707
|
|
|
4708 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
4709 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
4710 {
|
|
449
|
4711 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
4712 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4713 {
|
|
449
|
4714 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
4715 {
|
|
449
|
4716 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4717 ;
|
|
449
|
4718 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4719 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4720 }
|
|
|
4721 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4722 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4723 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4724 else
|
|
449
|
4725 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4726 compl_length);
|
|
|
4727 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4728 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4729 }
|
|
449
|
4730 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4731 {
|
|
|
4732 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
4735 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4736 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4737 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4738 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4739 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4740 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
4741 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
4742 && (
|
|
|
4743 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4744 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
4745 #else
|
|
449
|
4746 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
4747 #endif
|
|
|
4748 )))
|
|
|
4749 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
4750 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
4751 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
4752 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4753 }
|
|
449
|
4754 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
4755 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4756 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
4757 #else
|
|
449
|
4758 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
4759 #endif
|
|
|
4760 )
|
|
|
4761 {
|
|
|
4762 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
4763 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
4764 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4765 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4766 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
4767 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4768 }
|
|
|
4769 else
|
|
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4772 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
4773 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
4774 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4775 {
|
|
|
4776 int base_class;
|
|
|
4777 int head_off;
|
|
|
4778
|
|
449
|
4779 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4780 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
4781 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
4782 {
|
|
449
|
4783 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4784 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
4785 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
4786 break;
|
|
449
|
4787 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789 }
|
|
|
4790 else
|
|
|
4791 #endif
|
|
449
|
4792 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4793 ;
|
|
449
|
4794 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4795 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4796 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
4797 {
|
|
|
4798 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
4799 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
4800 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
4801 */
|
|
449
|
4802 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
4803 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4804 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4805 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4806 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
4807 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
4808 }
|
|
|
4809 else
|
|
|
4810 {
|
|
449
|
4811 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4812 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4813 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4814 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4815 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4816 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4817 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4818 }
|
|
|
4819 }
|
|
|
4820 }
|
|
|
4821 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4822 {
|
|
835
|
4823 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
449
|
4824 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
4825 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
4826 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4827 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4828 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4829 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4830 else
|
|
449
|
4831 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4832 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4833 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4834 }
|
|
|
4835 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
4836 {
|
|
449
|
4837 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4838 ;
|
|
449
|
4839 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4840 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4841 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4842 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
4843 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4844 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4845 }
|
|
|
4846 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4847 {
|
|
449
|
4848 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
4849 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4850 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4851 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4852 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
4853 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
4854 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
935
|
4855 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
|
|
|
4856 * "pattern not found" message. */
|
|
897
|
4857 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
|
4858 else
|
|
935
|
4859 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4860 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4861 }
|
|
523
|
4862 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4863 {
|
|
12
|
4864 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4865 /*
|
|
502
|
4866 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4867 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4868 */
|
|
502
|
4869 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4870 int col;
|
|
502
|
4871 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4872 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4873
|
|
523
|
4874 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4875 * string */
|
|
|
4876 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4877 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4878 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4879 {
|
|
|
4880 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4881 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4882 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4883 }
|
|
452
|
4884
|
|
|
4885 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4886 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4887 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4888 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4889 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4890
|
|
452
|
4891 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4892 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4893 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4894 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4895 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4896
|
|
|
4897 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4898 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4899 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4900 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4901 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4902 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4903 #endif
|
|
449
|
4904 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4905 }
|
|
477
|
4906 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4907 {
|
|
744
|
4908 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
497
|
4909 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4910 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4911 else
|
|
|
4912 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4913 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
897
|
4914 {
|
|
|
4915 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4916 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
|
4917 }
|
|
|
4918 else
|
|
|
4919 {
|
|
|
4920 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
|
4921 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4922 }
|
|
818
|
4923 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4924 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
477
|
4925 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4926 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4927 #endif
|
|
|
4928 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4929 }
|
|
449
|
4930 else
|
|
|
4931 {
|
|
|
4932 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
4933 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4934 }
|
|
|
4935
|
|
|
4936 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4937 {
|
|
|
4938 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
4939 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4940 {
|
|
|
4941 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
4942 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4943 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4946 #endif
|
|
449
|
4947 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4948 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4949 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
4950 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4951 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
4952 #endif
|
|
449
|
4953 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4954 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4955 }
|
|
|
4956 }
|
|
|
4957 else
|
|
|
4958 {
|
|
|
4959 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
4960 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4961 }
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
4964 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
4965 else
|
|
|
4966 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
4967
|
|
694
|
4968 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
|
|
|
4969 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
449
|
4970 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4971 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
942
|
4972 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
|
|
449
|
4973 {
|
|
|
4974 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4975 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
4976 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4977 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4978 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4979 }
|
|
|
4980
|
|
|
4981 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4982 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4983 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4984 */
|
|
|
4985 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
4986 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4987 showmode();
|
|
|
4988 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
4989 out_flush();
|
|
|
4990 }
|
|
|
4991
|
|
449
|
4992 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4993 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
4994
|
|
|
4995 /*
|
|
665
|
4996 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
7
|
4997 */
|
|
681
|
4998 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
|
|
449
|
4999
|
|
540
|
5000 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
5001 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
5002
|
|
449
|
5003 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
5004 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
5005 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
5006 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
857
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
|
|
|
5009 * mode. */
|
|
7
|
5010 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
5011 {
|
|
|
5012 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
5013 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
5014 }
|
|
|
5015
|
|
449
|
5016 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
5017 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
5018 {
|
|
|
5019 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
5020 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
5021 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
5022 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
5023 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
5024 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
5025 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
5026 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
5027 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
5028 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
5029 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
5030 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
5031 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
5032 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
5033 }
|
|
|
5034
|
|
464
|
5035 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
5036 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
5037 else
|
|
449
|
5038 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
5041 {
|
|
464
|
5042 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
5043 {
|
|
|
5044 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
5045 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
5046 }
|
|
449
|
5047 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
5048 {
|
|
|
5049 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
5050 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5051 }
|
|
464
|
5052 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
5053 {
|
|
|
5054 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
5055 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5056 }
|
|
|
5057 else
|
|
|
5058 {
|
|
|
5059 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
5060 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
5061 {
|
|
464
|
5062 int number = 0;
|
|
|
5063 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
5064
|
|
449
|
5065 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
5066 {
|
|
|
5067 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
5068 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
5069 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
5070 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
5071 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
5072 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
5073 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5074 {
|
|
464
|
5075 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
5076 break;
|
|
|
5077 }
|
|
|
5078 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
5079 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
5080 * yet */
|
|
540
|
5081 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
5082 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
5083 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
5084 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
5085 }
|
|
|
5086 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
5087 {
|
|
|
5088 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
5089 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
5090 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
5091 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
5092 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
5093 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
5094 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5095 {
|
|
464
|
5096 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
5097 break;
|
|
|
5098 }
|
|
|
5099 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
5100 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
5101 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
5102 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
5103 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
5104 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
5105 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
5106 }
|
|
|
5107 }
|
|
|
5108
|
|
540
|
5109 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
5110 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
5111 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5112 {
|
|
1063
|
5113 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
|
|
|
5114 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
|
|
|
5115 static char_u match_ref[81];
|
|
7
|
5116
|
|
449
|
5117 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
1063
|
5118 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
|
5119 _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
5120 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
5121 else
|
|
1063
|
5122 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
|
5123 _("match %d"),
|
|
|
5124 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
7
|
5125 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
5126 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
5127 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
5128 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
5129 }
|
|
|
5130 }
|
|
|
5131 }
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
5134 showmode();
|
|
|
5135 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
5136 {
|
|
|
5137 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
5138 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
5139 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
5140 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
5141 }
|
|
|
5142 else
|
|
|
5143 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
5144
|
|
857
|
5145 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
|
|
|
5146 if (!compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
5147 {
|
|
|
5148 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
|
|
|
5149 n = RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
5150 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
|
|
|
5151 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
5152 setcursor();
|
|
|
5153 RedrawingDisabled = n;
|
|
|
5154 }
|
|
874
|
5155 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
|
|
857
|
5156 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
5157
|
|
7
|
5158 return OK;
|
|
|
5159 }
|
|
|
5160
|
|
|
5161 /*
|
|
|
5162 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
5163 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
5164 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
5165 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
5166 */
|
|
|
5167 static int
|
|
|
5168 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
5169 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
5170 char_u *src;
|
|
|
5171 int len;
|
|
|
5172 {
|
|
|
5173 int m;
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
5176 {
|
|
|
5177 switch (*src)
|
|
|
5178 {
|
|
|
5179 case '.':
|
|
|
5180 case '*':
|
|
|
5181 case '[':
|
|
|
5182 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
5183 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
5184 break;
|
|
|
5185 case '~':
|
|
|
5186 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
5187 break;
|
|
|
5188 case '\\':
|
|
|
5189 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
5190 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
5191 break;
|
|
|
5192 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
5193 case '$':
|
|
|
5194 m++;
|
|
|
5195 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5196 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
5197 break;
|
|
|
5198 }
|
|
|
5199 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5200 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
5201 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
5202 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
5203 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5204 {
|
|
|
5205 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
5206
|
|
474
|
5207 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
5208 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
5209 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5210 {
|
|
|
5211 --len;
|
|
|
5212 ++src;
|
|
|
5213 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5214 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
5215 }
|
|
|
5216 }
|
|
464
|
5217 # endif
|
|
7
|
5218 }
|
|
|
5219 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5220 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
5221
|
|
|
5222 return m;
|
|
|
5223 }
|
|
|
5224 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
5225
|
|
|
5226 /*
|
|
|
5227 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
5228 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
5229 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
5230 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
5231 */
|
|
|
5232 int
|
|
|
5233 get_literal()
|
|
|
5234 {
|
|
|
5235 int cc;
|
|
|
5236 int nc;
|
|
|
5237 int i;
|
|
|
5238 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
5239 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5240 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5241 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
5242 #endif
|
|
|
5243
|
|
|
5244 if (got_int)
|
|
|
5245 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5248 /*
|
|
|
5249 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
5250 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
5251 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
5252 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
5253 */
|
|
|
5254 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5255 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
5256 #endif
|
|
|
5257 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5258 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5259 #endif
|
|
|
5260 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
5261 cc = 0;
|
|
|
5262 i = 0;
|
|
|
5263 for (;;)
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
1389
|
5265 nc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
5266 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
5267 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
5268 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5269 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
5270 # endif
|
|
|
5271 )
|
|
|
5272 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
5273 #endif
|
|
|
5274 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
5275 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
5276 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
5277 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5278 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5279 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
5280 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
5281 #endif
|
|
|
5282 else
|
|
|
5283 {
|
|
|
5284 if (hex
|
|
|
5285 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5286 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
5287 #endif
|
|
|
5288 )
|
|
|
5289 {
|
|
|
5290 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
5291 break;
|
|
|
5292 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
5293 }
|
|
|
5294 else if (octal)
|
|
|
5295 {
|
|
|
5296 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
5297 break;
|
|
|
5298 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
5299 }
|
|
|
5300 else
|
|
|
5301 {
|
|
|
5302 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
5303 break;
|
|
|
5304 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
5305 }
|
|
|
5306
|
|
|
5307 ++i;
|
|
|
5308 }
|
|
|
5309
|
|
|
5310 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
5311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5312 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
5313 #endif
|
|
|
5314 )
|
|
|
5315 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
5316 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
5319 {
|
|
|
5320 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
5321 break;
|
|
|
5322 }
|
|
|
5323 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5324 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
5325 {
|
|
|
5326 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
5327 break;
|
|
|
5328 }
|
|
|
5329 #endif
|
|
|
5330 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
5331 break;
|
|
|
5332 }
|
|
|
5333 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
5334 {
|
|
|
5335 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
5336 {
|
|
|
5337 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
5338 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5339 }
|
|
|
5340 else
|
|
|
5341 {
|
|
|
5342 cc = nc;
|
|
|
5343 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5344 }
|
|
|
5345 }
|
|
|
5346
|
|
|
5347 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
5348 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
5349 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5350 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
5351 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
5352 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
5353 #endif
|
|
7
|
5354
|
|
|
5355 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
5356 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5357 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5358 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
5359 #endif
|
|
|
5360 if (nc)
|
|
|
5361 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
5362 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
5363 return cc;
|
|
|
5364 }
|
|
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 /*
|
|
|
5367 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
5368 */
|
|
|
5369 static void
|
|
|
5370 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
5371 int c;
|
|
|
5372 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
5373 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
5374 {
|
|
|
5375 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5376 int len;
|
|
|
5377
|
|
|
5378 /*
|
|
|
5379 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
5380 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
5381 * mode.
|
|
|
5382 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
5383 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
5384 */
|
|
|
5385 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5386 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
5387 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
5388 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
5389 #endif
|
|
|
5390 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
5391 {
|
|
|
5392 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
5393 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5394 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
5395 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
5396 {
|
|
|
5397 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5398 return;
|
|
|
5399 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5400 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
5401 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
5402 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
5403 }
|
|
|
5404 }
|
|
|
5405 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
5406 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
5407 }
|
|
|
5408
|
|
|
5409 /*
|
|
|
5410 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
5411 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
5412 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
5413 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
5414 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
5415 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
5416 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
5417 */
|
|
|
5418 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5419 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5420 #else
|
|
|
5421 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5422 #endif
|
|
|
5423
|
|
|
5424 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5425 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
5426 #else
|
|
|
5427 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
5428 #endif
|
|
|
5429
|
|
|
5430 void
|
|
|
5431 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
5432 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
5433 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
5434 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
5435 {
|
|
|
5436 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5437 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5438 char_u *p;
|
|
667
|
5439 #endif
|
|
7
|
5440 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
5443 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5444
|
|
|
5445 /*
|
|
|
5446 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
5447 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
5448 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
5449 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
5450 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
5451 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
5452 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
5453 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5454 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
5455 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
5456 * before the insert.
|
|
|
5457 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
5458 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
5459 */
|
|
667
|
5460 if (textwidth > 0
|
|
7
|
5461 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5462 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
5463 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5464 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5465 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5466 #endif
|
|
|
5467 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5468 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5469 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
5470 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5471 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
5472 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
5473 ))))))
|
|
|
5474 {
|
|
667
|
5475 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
|
5476 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
|
5477 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
1000
|
5478 int do_internal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5479
|
|
|
5480 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL)
|
|
|
5481 {
|
|
|
5482 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
|
|
|
5483 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
|
|
|
5484 * was called. */
|
|
|
5485 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
5486 }
|
|
|
5487 if (do_internal)
|
|
667
|
5488 #endif
|
|
|
5489 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
|
|
|
5490 }
|
|
|
5491
|
|
7
|
5492 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
5493 return;
|
|
|
5494
|
|
|
5495 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5496 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
5497 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5498 {
|
|
|
5499 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5500 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
5501 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
5502 int i;
|
|
|
5503
|
|
|
5504 /*
|
|
|
5505 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
5506 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
5507 */
|
|
|
5508 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
5509 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
5510 {
|
|
|
5511 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
5512 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
5513 ++p;
|
|
|
5514 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5515 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
5516 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
5517 --middle_len;
|
|
|
5518
|
|
|
5519 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
5520 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
5521 ++p;
|
|
|
5522 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5523
|
|
|
5524 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
5525 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5526 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
5527 ;
|
|
|
5528 i++;
|
|
|
5529
|
|
|
5530 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
5531 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
5532
|
|
|
5533 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
5534 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5535 {
|
|
|
5536 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
5537 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
5538
|
|
|
5539 /*
|
|
|
5540 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
5541 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
5542 */
|
|
|
5543 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
5544 }
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546 }
|
|
|
5547 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
5548 #endif
|
|
|
5549
|
|
|
5550 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5551 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5552 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5553 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5554 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5555 #endif
|
|
|
5556
|
|
|
5557 /*
|
|
|
5558 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
5559 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
5560 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
5561 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
5562 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
5563 */
|
|
|
5564 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5565 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5566 #endif
|
|
|
5567
|
|
|
5568 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5570 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5571 #endif
|
|
|
5572 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
5573 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5574 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5575 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
5576 #endif
|
|
|
5577 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5578 && !p_ri
|
|
|
5579 #endif
|
|
|
5580 )
|
|
|
5581 {
|
|
|
5582 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
5583 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
5584 int i;
|
|
|
5585 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5588 i = 1;
|
|
667
|
5589 if (textwidth > 0)
|
|
7
|
5590 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5591 /*
|
|
|
5592 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
5593 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
5594 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
5595 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
5596 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
5597 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
5598 */
|
|
|
5599 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
5600 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5602 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5603 #endif
|
|
|
5604 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
5605 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
5606 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5607 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
5608 {
|
|
|
5609 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5610 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
5611 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5612 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5613 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5614 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5615 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5616 # endif
|
|
|
5617 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5618 #else
|
|
|
5619 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5620 #endif
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5624 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5625 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5626 #endif
|
|
|
5627 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5628 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5629 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5630 {
|
|
|
5631 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5632 i = 1;
|
|
|
5633 }
|
|
|
5634 else
|
|
|
5635 i = 0;
|
|
|
5636 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5637 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5638 }
|
|
|
5639 else
|
|
|
5640 {
|
|
|
5641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
667
|
5642 int cc;
|
|
|
5643
|
|
7
|
5644 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5645 {
|
|
|
5646 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5647
|
|
|
5648 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5649 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5650 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5651 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5652 }
|
|
|
5653 else
|
|
|
5654 #endif
|
|
|
5655 {
|
|
|
5656 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5657 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5658 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5659 else
|
|
|
5660 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5661 }
|
|
|
5662 }
|
|
|
5663 }
|
|
|
5664
|
|
|
5665 /*
|
|
667
|
5666 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
|
5667 */
|
|
|
5668 static void
|
|
|
5669 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
|
|
|
5670 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5671 int second_indent;
|
|
|
5672 int flags;
|
|
|
5673 int format_only;
|
|
|
5674 {
|
|
|
5675 int cc;
|
|
|
5676 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
5677 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
5678 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5679 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5680 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
5681 #endif
|
|
|
5682 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
5683 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
5684 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5685 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
5686 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
5687 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
5688 #endif
|
|
|
5689
|
|
|
5690 /*
|
|
|
5691 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
5692 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
5693 */
|
|
|
5694 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5695 {
|
|
|
5696 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5697 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5698 {
|
|
|
5699 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
5700 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
5701 }
|
|
|
5702 }
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 /*
|
|
|
5705 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
5706 */
|
|
|
5707 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
5708 {
|
|
|
5709 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
5710 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
5711 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
5712 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
5713 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5714 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
5715 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5716 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
5717 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
5718 #endif
|
|
|
5719 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5720
|
|
|
5721 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5722 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5723 break;
|
|
|
5724
|
|
|
5725 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5726 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
5727 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
5728 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5729 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
5730 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5733 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
5734 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
5735 else
|
|
|
5736 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
5739 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
5740 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
5741 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
5742 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
5743 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
5744 #endif
|
|
|
5745 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5746 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5747 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
5748 #endif
|
|
|
5749 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
5750
|
|
|
5751 {
|
|
|
5752 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5753 break;
|
|
|
5754 }
|
|
|
5755 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
5756 break;
|
|
|
5757
|
|
|
5758 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
5759 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
5760 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
5763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5764 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5765 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5766 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5767 #endif
|
|
|
5768 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
5769
|
|
|
5770 /*
|
|
|
5771 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
5772 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
5773 */
|
|
|
5774 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
5775 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5776 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
5777 {
|
|
|
5778 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5779 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5780 {
|
|
|
5781 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
5782 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5783
|
|
|
5784 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
5785 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5786 {
|
|
|
5787 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5788 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5789 }
|
|
|
5790 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5791 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
5792 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5793 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5794 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5795 break;
|
|
|
5796 #endif
|
|
|
5797 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
5798 {
|
|
|
5799 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
5800 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5801 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5804 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5805 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5806
|
|
|
5807 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5808 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
5809 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5810 }
|
|
|
5811 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5812 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5813 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5814 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5815 else
|
|
|
5816 #endif
|
|
|
5817 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
5818 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5819 break;
|
|
|
5820 }
|
|
|
5821 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5822 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
5823 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5824 {
|
|
|
5825 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5826 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5827 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5828 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
5829 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
5830 break;
|
|
|
5831 }
|
|
|
5832 #endif
|
|
|
5833 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5834 break;
|
|
|
5835 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5836 }
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
5841 break;
|
|
|
5842 }
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
5845 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
5846
|
|
|
5847 /*
|
|
|
5848 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
5849 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
5850 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
5851 */
|
|
|
5852 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5853 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5854 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
5855 else
|
|
|
5856 #endif
|
|
|
5857 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
5858
|
|
|
5859 /*
|
|
|
5860 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
5861 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
5862 */
|
|
|
5863 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5864 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5865 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5866 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5867 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
5868 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5871 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5872 {
|
|
|
5873 /*
|
|
|
5874 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
5875 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
5876 */
|
|
|
5877 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5878 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
5879 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
5880 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
5881 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
5882
|
|
|
5883 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
5884 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5885 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
5886 }
|
|
|
5887 else
|
|
|
5888 #endif
|
|
|
5889 {
|
|
|
5890 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
5891 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5892 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5893 }
|
|
|
5894
|
|
|
5895 /*
|
|
|
5896 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
5897 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
5898 */
|
|
|
5899 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
5900 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
5901 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5902 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
5903 #endif
|
|
|
5904 , old_indent);
|
|
|
5905 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
5906
|
|
|
5907 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5908 if (first_line)
|
|
|
5909 {
|
|
|
5910 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
5911 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
5912 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
5913 {
|
|
|
5914 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5915 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5916 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
5917 else
|
|
|
5918 #endif
|
|
|
5919 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
5920 }
|
|
|
5921 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
5922 }
|
|
|
5923
|
|
|
5924 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5925 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5926 {
|
|
|
5927 /*
|
|
|
5928 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
5929 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
5930 */
|
|
|
5931 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
5932 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
5933 }
|
|
|
5934 else
|
|
|
5935 #endif
|
|
|
5936 {
|
|
|
5937 /*
|
|
|
5938 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
5939 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
5940 */
|
|
|
5941 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
5942 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5943 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
5944 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
5945 }
|
|
|
5946
|
|
|
5947 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
5948 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5949 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
5950 #endif
|
|
|
5951 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
5952 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5953 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5954 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5955 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5956 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5957 #endif
|
|
|
5958 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
5959 }
|
|
|
5960
|
|
|
5961 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
5962 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
5963
|
|
|
5964 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
5965 {
|
|
|
5966 update_topline();
|
|
|
5967 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
5968 }
|
|
|
5969 }
|
|
|
5970
|
|
|
5971 /*
|
|
7
|
5972 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
5973 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
5974 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
5975 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
5976 * saved here.
|
|
|
5977 */
|
|
|
5978 void
|
|
|
5979 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
5980 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
5981 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
5982 {
|
|
|
5983 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
5984 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5985 char_u *old;
|
|
|
5986 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
5987 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
5988 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5989
|
|
|
5990 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
5991 return;
|
|
|
5992
|
|
|
5993 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5994 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5997 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5998
|
|
|
5999 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
6000 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
6001 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
6002 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
6003 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
6004 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
6005 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
6006 {
|
|
|
6007 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
6008 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6009 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
6010 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
6011 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
6012 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6013 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
6014 {
|
|
|
6015 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
6016 return;
|
|
|
6017 }
|
|
|
6018 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
6019 }
|
|
|
6020
|
|
|
6021 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6022 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
6023 * comments. */
|
|
|
6024 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
6025 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
6026 return;
|
|
|
6027 #endif
|
|
|
6028
|
|
|
6029 /*
|
|
|
6030 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
6031 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
6032 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
6033 */
|
|
|
6034 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6035 {
|
|
|
6036 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6037 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6038 return;
|
|
|
6039 }
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 /*
|
|
|
6042 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
6043 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
6044 */
|
|
|
6045 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
6046 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
6047 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
6048 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6051 {
|
|
|
6052 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
6053 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6054 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
6055 }
|
|
|
6056 else
|
|
|
6057 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
6058
|
|
|
6059 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
6060 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
6061 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
6062 * formatted. */
|
|
|
6063 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
6064 {
|
|
|
6065 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
835
|
6066 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
|
|
7
|
6067 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
6068 {
|
|
|
6069 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
6070 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
6071 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6072 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
6073 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
6074 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
6075 }
|
|
|
6076 else
|
|
|
6077 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
6078 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
6079 }
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 check_cursor();
|
|
|
6082 }
|
|
|
6083
|
|
|
6084 /*
|
|
|
6085 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
6086 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
6087 * position.
|
|
|
6088 */
|
|
|
6089 static void
|
|
|
6090 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
6091 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
6092 {
|
|
|
6093 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
6094 int cc;
|
|
7
|
6095
|
|
|
6096 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
6097 {
|
|
301
|
6098 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6099 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
6100 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
6101 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
6102 else
|
|
|
6103 {
|
|
|
6104 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
6105 {
|
|
|
6106 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6107 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6108 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6109 }
|
|
|
6110 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6111 {
|
|
|
6112 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
6113 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6114 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
6115 }
|
|
|
6116 }
|
|
|
6117 }
|
|
|
6118 }
|
|
|
6119
|
|
|
6120 /*
|
|
|
6121 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
6122 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
6123 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
6124 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
6125 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
6126 */
|
|
|
6127 int
|
|
|
6128 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
867
|
6129 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
|
|
7
|
6130 {
|
|
|
6131 int textwidth;
|
|
|
6132
|
|
|
6133 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
6134 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
6135 {
|
|
|
6136 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
6137 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
6138 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
6139 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
6140 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
6141 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
6142 #endif
|
|
|
6143 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6144 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
6145 #endif
|
|
|
6146 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
6147 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
6148 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
6149 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
6150 # endif
|
|
|
6151 )
|
|
|
6152 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
6153 #endif
|
|
|
6154 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
6155 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
6156 }
|
|
|
6157 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
6158 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
6159 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
6160 {
|
|
|
6161 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
6162 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
6163 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
6164 }
|
|
|
6165 return textwidth;
|
|
|
6166 }
|
|
|
6167
|
|
|
6168 /*
|
|
|
6169 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
6170 */
|
|
|
6171 static void
|
|
|
6172 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
6173 int c;
|
|
|
6174 {
|
|
|
6175 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
6178 * three digits. */
|
|
|
6179 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
6180 {
|
|
|
6181 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
6182 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
6183 }
|
|
|
6184 else
|
|
|
6185 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6186 }
|
|
|
6187
|
|
|
6188 /*
|
|
|
6189 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
6190 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
6191 */
|
|
|
6192 static void
|
|
|
6193 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
840
|
6194 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
|
|
7
|
6195 {
|
|
|
6196 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
6197 {
|
|
|
6198 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
6199 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
6200 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
6201 }
|
|
744
|
6202 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
6203 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6204 #endif
|
|
7
|
6205 }
|
|
|
6206
|
|
744
|
6207 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
6208 /*
|
|
|
6209 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
6210 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
6211 */
|
|
|
6212 static void
|
|
|
6213 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
6214 {
|
|
|
6215 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
6216 {
|
|
|
6217 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
6220 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
6221 }
|
|
|
6222 }
|
|
484
|
6223
|
|
|
6224 /*
|
|
|
6225 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
6226 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
6227 */
|
|
|
6228 static void
|
|
|
6229 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
6230 {
|
|
|
6231 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6232
|
|
499
|
6233 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
6234 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
6235 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6236 }
|
|
221
|
6237 #endif
|
|
|
6238
|
|
7
|
6239 /*
|
|
|
6240 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
6241 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
6242 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
6243 */
|
|
|
6244 int
|
|
|
6245 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
6246 {
|
|
|
6247 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
6248 {
|
|
|
6249 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
6250 {
|
|
|
6251 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
6252 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
6253 }
|
|
|
6254 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
6255 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6256 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
6257 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6258 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6259 {
|
|
|
6260 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6261 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
6262 }
|
|
|
6263 #endif
|
|
|
6264 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
6265 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
6266 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
6267 }
|
|
|
6268 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
6269 {
|
|
|
6270 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
6271 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
6272 }
|
|
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6275 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
6276 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6277 #endif
|
|
|
6278
|
|
|
6279 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
6280 }
|
|
|
6281
|
|
|
6282 /*
|
|
840
|
6283 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
|
|
|
6284 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
|
|
|
6285 * to another window/buffer.
|
|
7
|
6286 */
|
|
|
6287 static void
|
|
|
6288 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
840
|
6289 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
603
|
6290 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
6291 {
|
|
603
|
6292 int cc;
|
|
|
6293 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
6294
|
|
|
6295 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6296 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
6297
|
|
|
6298 /*
|
|
603
|
6299 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
6300 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
6301 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
6302 */
|
|
603
|
6303 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
6304 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
6305 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
6306 {
|
|
|
6307 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6308 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
6309 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6310 }
|
|
|
6311 else
|
|
|
6312 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
6313
|
|
840
|
6314 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
6315 {
|
|
|
6316 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
6317 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
6318 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
6319 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
6320 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
6321 {
|
|
10
|
6322 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6323
|
|
7
|
6324 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
6325 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
6326 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
6327 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
6328 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6329 {
|
|
|
6330 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6331 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6332 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
6333 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
6334 }
|
|
|
6335
|
|
|
6336 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6337
|
|
10
|
6338 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
6339 {
|
|
|
6340 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6341 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6342 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6343 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
6344 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
6345 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6346 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
6347 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
6348 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
6349 #endif
|
|
|
6350 }
|
|
7
|
6351 }
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
6354 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
6355
|
|
|
6356 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
6357 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
6358 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
6359 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
840
|
6360 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
6361 {
|
|
10
|
6362 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6363
|
|
|
6364 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
786
|
6365 for (;;)
|
|
|
6366 {
|
|
|
6367 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
6368 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6369 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6370 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
6371 break;
|
|
7
|
6372 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
786
|
6373 }
|
|
10
|
6374 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
6375 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
6376 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
6377 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
6378
|
|
|
6379 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6380 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
6381 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
6382 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
6383 {
|
|
835
|
6384 cc = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
7
|
6385 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
6386 {
|
|
|
6387 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
6388 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6389 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6390 # endif
|
|
|
6391 }
|
|
|
6392 }
|
|
|
6393 #endif
|
|
|
6394 }
|
|
|
6395 }
|
|
|
6396 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6397 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6398 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6399 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6400 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6401 #endif
|
|
|
6402
|
|
840
|
6403 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
|
|
|
6404 * now in a different buffer. */
|
|
|
6405 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
|
|
6406 {
|
|
|
6407 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
6408 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
6409 }
|
|
7
|
6410 }
|
|
|
6411
|
|
|
6412 /*
|
|
|
6413 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
6414 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
6415 */
|
|
|
6416 void
|
|
|
6417 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
6418 int c;
|
|
|
6419 {
|
|
|
6420 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6421
|
|
|
6422 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6424 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
6425 #else
|
|
|
6426 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
6427 #endif
|
|
|
6428 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
6429 {
|
|
|
6430 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
6431 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
6432 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
6433 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
6434 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
6435 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
6436 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
6437 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
6438 }
|
|
|
6439 }
|
|
|
6440
|
|
359
|
6441 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6442 void
|
|
|
6443 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
6444 {
|
|
|
6445 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6446 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
1446
|
6447 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
694
|
6448 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
6449 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
1446
|
6450 # endif
|
|
359
|
6451 }
|
|
|
6452 #endif
|
|
|
6453
|
|
7
|
6454 /*
|
|
|
6455 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
6456 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
6457 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
6458 */
|
|
|
6459 char_u *
|
|
|
6460 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
6461 int c;
|
|
|
6462 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6463 {
|
|
|
6464 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6465 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6466 int i;
|
|
|
6467 int len;
|
|
|
6468
|
|
|
6469 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
6470 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
6471 {
|
|
|
6472 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
6473 #endif
|
|
|
6474 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
6475 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
6476 {
|
|
|
6477 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6478 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6479 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
6480 }
|
|
|
6481 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6482 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
6483 {
|
|
|
6484 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
6485 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
6486 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
6487 }
|
|
|
6488 #endif
|
|
|
6489 else
|
|
|
6490 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
6491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6492 }
|
|
|
6493 #endif
|
|
|
6494 return s;
|
|
|
6495 }
|
|
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 /*
|
|
|
6498 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
6499 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
6500 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
6501 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
6502 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
6503 */
|
|
|
6504 void
|
|
|
6505 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
6506 int flags;
|
|
|
6507 {
|
|
|
6508 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
6509 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6510 else
|
|
|
6511 {
|
|
|
6512 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6513 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6514 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6515 #endif
|
|
|
6516
|
|
|
6517 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
6518 {
|
|
|
6519 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6520
|
|
|
6521 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
6522 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
6523 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6524 }
|
|
|
6525 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6526 }
|
|
|
6527 }
|
|
|
6528
|
|
|
6529 /*
|
|
|
6530 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
6531 *
|
|
|
6532 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
773
|
6533 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
|
|
7
|
6534 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
6535 */
|
|
|
6536
|
|
|
6537 int
|
|
|
6538 oneright()
|
|
|
6539 {
|
|
|
6540 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6541 int l;
|
|
|
6542
|
|
|
6543 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6544 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6545 {
|
|
|
6546 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6547
|
|
|
6548 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
6549 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6550 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
773
|
6551 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
6552 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
773
|
6553 # else
|
|
7
|
6554 *ptr
|
|
773
|
6555 # endif
|
|
7
|
6556 ))
|
|
|
6557 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
6558 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6559 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
6560 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6561 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
6562 }
|
|
|
6563 #endif
|
|
|
6564
|
|
|
6565 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
773
|
6566 if (*ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
6567 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
|
|
|
6568
|
|
7
|
6569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
773
|
6570 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6571 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
6572 else
|
|
|
6573 #endif
|
|
773
|
6574 l = 1;
|
|
|
6575
|
|
|
6576 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
|
|
|
6577 * contains "onemore". */
|
|
|
6578 if (ptr[l] == NUL
|
|
|
6579 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6580 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
|
6581 #endif
|
|
|
6582 )
|
|
|
6583 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6584 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
7
|
6585
|
|
|
6586 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6587 return OK;
|
|
|
6588 }
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 int
|
|
|
6591 oneleft()
|
|
|
6592 {
|
|
|
6593 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6594 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6595 {
|
|
|
6596 int width;
|
|
|
6597 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
6598
|
|
|
6599 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
6600 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6601
|
|
|
6602 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
6603 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
6604 width = 1;
|
|
|
6605 for (;;)
|
|
|
6606 {
|
|
|
6607 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
6608 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
6609 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
6610 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
6611 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6612 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
6613 # endif
|
|
|
6614 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
6615 break;
|
|
|
6616 ++width;
|
|
|
6617 }
|
|
|
6618 # else
|
|
|
6619 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
6620 # endif
|
|
|
6621
|
|
|
6622 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
6623 {
|
|
|
6624 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6625
|
|
|
6626 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
6627 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6628 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
6629 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6630 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
6631 # else
|
|
|
6632 *ptr
|
|
|
6633 # endif
|
|
|
6634 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
6635 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6636 }
|
|
|
6637
|
|
|
6638 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6639 return OK;
|
|
|
6640 }
|
|
|
6641 #endif
|
|
|
6642
|
|
|
6643 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6644 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6645
|
|
|
6646 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6647 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6648
|
|
|
6649 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6650 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
6651 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
6652 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6653 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6654 #endif
|
|
|
6655 return OK;
|
|
|
6656 }
|
|
|
6657
|
|
|
6658 int
|
|
|
6659 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6660 long n;
|
|
|
6661 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6662 {
|
|
|
6663 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6664
|
|
|
6665 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6666 {
|
|
|
6667 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
6668 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
6669 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6670 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6671 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6672 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
6673 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6674 else
|
|
|
6675 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6676 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6677 {
|
|
|
6678 /*
|
|
|
6679 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
6680 */
|
|
|
6681 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
6682 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6683
|
|
|
6684 while (n--)
|
|
|
6685 {
|
|
|
6686 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
6687 --lnum;
|
|
|
6688 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
6689 break;
|
|
|
6690 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
6691 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
6692 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
6693 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
6694 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6695 }
|
|
|
6696 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
6697 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6698 }
|
|
|
6699 else
|
|
|
6700 #endif
|
|
|
6701 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
6702 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6703 }
|
|
|
6704
|
|
|
6705 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6706 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6707
|
|
|
6708 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6709 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 return OK;
|
|
|
6712 }
|
|
|
6713
|
|
|
6714 /*
|
|
|
6715 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
6716 */
|
|
|
6717 int
|
|
|
6718 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6719 long n;
|
|
|
6720 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6721 {
|
|
|
6722 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6723
|
|
|
6724 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6725 {
|
|
|
6726 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6727 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6728 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
6729 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
6730 #endif
|
|
161
|
6731 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
6732 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6733 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6734 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6735 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6736 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6737 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6738 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6739 else
|
|
|
6740 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6741 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6742 {
|
|
|
6743 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
6744
|
|
|
6745 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
6746 while (n--)
|
|
|
6747 {
|
|
|
6748 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
6749 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
6750 else
|
|
|
6751 ++lnum;
|
|
|
6752 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6753 break;
|
|
|
6754 }
|
|
|
6755 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6756 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6757 }
|
|
|
6758 else
|
|
|
6759 #endif
|
|
|
6760 lnum += n;
|
|
|
6761 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6762 }
|
|
|
6763
|
|
|
6764 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6765 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6768 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6769
|
|
|
6770 return OK;
|
|
|
6771 }
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 /*
|
|
|
6774 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
6775 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
6776 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
6777 */
|
|
|
6778 int
|
|
|
6779 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
6780 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
6781 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
6782 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
6783 {
|
|
|
6784 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
6785 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6786 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6787 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
6788
|
|
|
6789 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
6790 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
6791 {
|
|
|
6792 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
6793 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6794 }
|
|
|
6795
|
|
|
6796 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
6797 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6798 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6799 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6800 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
6801
|
|
|
6802 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
6803 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
6804 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
6805 */
|
|
|
6806 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
6807 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
6808 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
6809 {
|
|
|
6810 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6811 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
6812 }
|
|
|
6813
|
|
|
6814 do
|
|
|
6815 {
|
|
|
6816 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
6817 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
6818 if (last)
|
|
|
6819 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
6820 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
6821 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
6822 }
|
|
|
6823 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
6824
|
|
|
6825 if (last)
|
|
|
6826 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
6827
|
|
|
6828 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
6829 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
6830
|
|
|
6831 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
6832 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
6833 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
6834
|
|
|
6835 return OK;
|
|
|
6836 }
|
|
|
6837
|
|
|
6838 char_u *
|
|
|
6839 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
6840 {
|
|
|
6841 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6842 return NULL;
|
|
|
6843 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6844 }
|
|
|
6845
|
|
|
6846 /*
|
|
|
6847 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
6848 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
6849 */
|
|
|
6850 char_u *
|
|
|
6851 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
6852 {
|
|
|
6853 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6854 int len;
|
|
|
6855
|
|
|
6856 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6857 return NULL;
|
|
|
6858 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
6859 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
6860 {
|
|
|
6861 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
6862 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
6863 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6864 }
|
|
|
6865 return s;
|
|
|
6866 }
|
|
|
6867
|
|
|
6868 /*
|
|
|
6869 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
6870 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
6871 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
6872 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
6873 */
|
|
|
6874 static int
|
|
|
6875 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
6876 int c;
|
|
|
6877 {
|
|
|
6878 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
6879 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
6880 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
6881 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6882
|
|
|
6883 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
6884 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
6885 }
|
|
|
6886
|
|
|
6887 /*
|
|
|
6888 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
6889 *
|
|
|
6890 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
6891 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
6892 *
|
|
|
6893 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
6894 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
6895 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
6896 *
|
|
|
6897 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
6898 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
6899 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
6900 *
|
|
|
6901 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
6902 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
6903 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
6904 */
|
|
|
6905
|
|
298
|
6906 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6907 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
6908 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
6909
|
|
|
6910 void
|
|
|
6911 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
6912 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
6913 {
|
|
|
6914 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6915
|
|
|
6916 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6917 return;
|
|
|
6918 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
6919 {
|
|
|
6920 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
6921 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
6922 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6923 {
|
|
|
6924 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
6925 return;
|
|
|
6926 }
|
|
|
6927 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
6928 {
|
|
|
6929 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
6930 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6931 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6932 }
|
|
|
6933 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
6934 }
|
|
|
6935 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
6936 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
6937 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6938 *p = c;
|
|
|
6939 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6940 }
|
|
|
6941
|
|
1470
|
6942 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6943 /*
|
|
|
6944 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in
|
|
|
6945 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
|
|
|
6946 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
|
|
|
6947 */
|
|
|
6948 int
|
|
|
6949 replace_push_mb(p)
|
|
|
6950 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6951 {
|
|
|
6952 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
|
6953 int j;
|
|
|
6954
|
|
|
6955 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
|
|
|
6956 replace_push(p[j]);
|
|
|
6957 return l;
|
|
|
6958 }
|
|
|
6959 #endif
|
|
|
6960
|
|
840
|
6961 #if 0
|
|
7
|
6962 /*
|
|
|
6963 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
6964 */
|
|
|
6965 static void
|
|
|
6966 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
6967 int c;
|
|
|
6968 {
|
|
|
6969 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6970
|
|
|
6971 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6972 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6973 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
6974 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
6975 break;
|
|
|
6976 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6977 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6978 }
|
|
840
|
6979 #endif
|
|
7
|
6980
|
|
|
6981 /*
|
|
|
6982 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
6983 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
6984 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
6985 */
|
|
|
6986 static int
|
|
|
6987 replace_pop()
|
|
|
6988 {
|
|
|
6989 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
6990 return -1;
|
|
|
6991 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
6992 }
|
|
|
6993
|
|
|
6994 /*
|
|
|
6995 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
6996 * encountered.
|
|
|
6997 */
|
|
|
6998 static void
|
|
|
6999 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
7000 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
7001 {
|
|
|
7002 int i;
|
|
|
7003
|
|
|
7004 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
7005 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
7006 {
|
|
|
7007 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7008 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
7009 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
7010 return;
|
|
|
7011 }
|
|
|
7012 }
|
|
|
7013
|
|
|
7014 /*
|
|
|
7015 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
7016 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
7017 */
|
|
|
7018 static void
|
|
|
7019 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
7020 {
|
|
|
7021 int cc;
|
|
|
7022 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
7023
|
|
|
7024 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
7025 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
7026 {
|
|
|
7027 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7028 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7029 #else
|
|
|
7030 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7031 #endif
|
|
|
7032 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7033 }
|
|
|
7034 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7035 }
|
|
|
7036
|
|
|
7037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7038 /*
|
|
|
7039 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
7040 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
7041 */
|
|
|
7042 static void
|
|
|
7043 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
7044 int cc;
|
|
|
7045 {
|
|
|
7046 int n;
|
|
|
7047 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
7048 int i;
|
|
|
7049 int c;
|
|
|
7050
|
|
|
7051 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
7052 {
|
|
|
7053 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
7054 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
7055 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7056 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
7057 }
|
|
|
7058 else
|
|
|
7059 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7060
|
|
|
7061 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
7062 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
7063 for (;;)
|
|
|
7064 {
|
|
|
7065 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7066 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
7067 break;
|
|
|
7068 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
7069 {
|
|
|
7070 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
7071 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
7072 break;
|
|
|
7073 }
|
|
|
7074 else
|
|
|
7075 {
|
|
|
7076 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
7077 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
7078 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7079 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
7080 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
7081 else
|
|
|
7082 {
|
|
|
7083 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
7084 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
7085 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
7086 break;
|
|
|
7087 }
|
|
|
7088 }
|
|
|
7089 }
|
|
|
7090 }
|
|
|
7091 #endif
|
|
|
7092
|
|
|
7093 /*
|
|
|
7094 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
7095 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
7096 */
|
|
|
7097 static void
|
|
|
7098 replace_flush()
|
|
|
7099 {
|
|
|
7100 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
7101 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
7102 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
7103 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
7104 }
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 /*
|
|
|
7107 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
7108 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
7109 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7110 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
7111 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
7112 */
|
|
|
7113 static void
|
|
|
7114 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
7115 {
|
|
|
7116 int cc;
|
|
|
7117 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7118 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
7119 int ins_len;
|
|
|
7120 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
7121 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
7122 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7123 int i;
|
|
|
7124 int vcol;
|
|
|
7125 #endif
|
|
|
7126
|
|
|
7127 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7128 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7129 {
|
|
|
7130 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7131 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7132 {
|
|
|
7133 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
7134 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
7135 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
7136 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
7137 }
|
|
|
7138 #endif
|
|
|
7139 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7140 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7141 {
|
|
|
7142 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7143 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7144 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
835
|
7145 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7146 # endif
|
|
|
7147 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
7148 }
|
|
|
7149 else
|
|
|
7150 #endif
|
|
|
7151 {
|
|
|
7152 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
7153 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7154 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
835
|
7155 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
7
|
7156 #endif
|
|
|
7157 }
|
|
|
7158 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7159
|
|
|
7160 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7161 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7162 {
|
|
|
7163 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
7164 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
835
|
7165 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
7
|
7166 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
7167 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7168 {
|
|
|
7169 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
7170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
7171 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
7172 #endif
|
|
|
7173 }
|
|
|
7174 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
7175
|
|
|
7176 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
7177 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
7178 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
7179 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
7180 {
|
|
|
7181 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7182 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
7183 }
|
|
|
7184 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
7185 }
|
|
|
7186 #endif
|
|
|
7187
|
|
|
7188 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
7189 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
7190 }
|
|
|
7191 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
7192 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7193 }
|
|
|
7194
|
|
|
7195 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7196 /*
|
|
|
7197 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
7198 */
|
|
|
7199 static int
|
|
|
7200 cindent_on()
|
|
|
7201 {
|
|
|
7202 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
7203 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7204 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
7205 # endif
|
|
|
7206 ));
|
|
|
7207 }
|
|
|
7208 #endif
|
|
|
7209
|
|
|
7210 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7211 /*
|
|
|
7212 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
7213 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
7214 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
7215 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
7216 */
|
|
|
7217
|
|
|
7218 void
|
|
|
7219 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
7220 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
7221 {
|
|
|
7222 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7223 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7224 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
7225 }
|
|
|
7226
|
|
|
7227 void
|
|
|
7228 fix_indent()
|
|
|
7229 {
|
|
|
7230 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
7231 return;
|
|
|
7232 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
7233 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
7234 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
7235 # endif
|
|
|
7236 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
7237 else
|
|
|
7238 # endif
|
|
|
7239 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7240 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
7241 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
7242 # endif
|
|
|
7243 }
|
|
|
7244
|
|
|
7245 #endif
|
|
|
7246
|
|
|
7247 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7248 /*
|
|
|
7249 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
7250 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
7251 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
7252 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
7253 *
|
|
|
7254 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
7255 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
7256 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
7257 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
7258 *
|
|
|
7259 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
7260 */
|
|
|
7261 int
|
|
|
7262 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
7263 int keytyped;
|
|
|
7264 int when;
|
|
|
7265 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
7266 {
|
|
|
7267 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7268 int try_match;
|
|
|
7269 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
7270 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7271 char_u *line;
|
|
|
7272 int icase;
|
|
|
7273 int i;
|
|
|
7274
|
|
|
7275 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7276 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
7277 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
7278 else
|
|
|
7279 #endif
|
|
|
7280 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
7281 while (*look)
|
|
|
7282 {
|
|
|
7283 /*
|
|
|
7284 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
7285 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
7286 */
|
|
|
7287 switch (when)
|
|
|
7288 {
|
|
|
7289 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
7290 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
7291 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
7292 }
|
|
|
7293 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
7294 ++look;
|
|
|
7295
|
|
|
7296 /*
|
|
|
7297 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
7298 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
7299 */
|
|
|
7300 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
7301 {
|
|
|
7302 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
7303 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
7304 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7305 ++look;
|
|
|
7306 }
|
|
|
7307 else
|
|
|
7308 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
7309
|
|
|
7310 /*
|
|
|
7311 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
7312 */
|
|
|
7313 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
7314 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7315 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
7316 #else
|
|
|
7317 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
7318 #endif
|
|
|
7319 )
|
|
|
7320 {
|
|
|
7321 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
7322 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7323 look += 2;
|
|
|
7324 }
|
|
|
7325 /*
|
|
|
7326 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
7327 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
7328 */
|
|
|
7329 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
7330 {
|
|
|
7331 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
7332 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7333 ++look;
|
|
|
7334 }
|
|
|
7335 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
7336 {
|
|
|
7337 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
7338 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7339 ++look;
|
|
|
7340 }
|
|
|
7341
|
|
|
7342 /*
|
|
|
7343 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
7344 * cursor.
|
|
|
7345 */
|
|
|
7346 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
7347 {
|
|
|
7348 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
7349 {
|
|
|
7350 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7351 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
7352 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
7353 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7354 }
|
|
|
7355 ++look;
|
|
|
7356 }
|
|
|
7357
|
|
|
7358 /*
|
|
|
7359 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
7360 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
7361 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
7362 */
|
|
|
7363 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
7364 {
|
|
|
7365 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
7366 {
|
|
|
7367 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7368 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
7369 return TRUE;
|
|
1300
|
7370 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
|
|
|
7371 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
7
|
7372 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
7373 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
7374 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
7375 {
|
|
|
7376 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
7377 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
7378 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
7379 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7380 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
7381 if (i)
|
|
|
7382 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7383 }
|
|
|
7384 }
|
|
|
7385 ++look;
|
|
|
7386 }
|
|
|
7387
|
|
|
7388
|
|
|
7389 /*
|
|
|
7390 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
7391 */
|
|
|
7392 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
7393 {
|
|
|
7394 if (try_match)
|
|
|
7395 {
|
|
|
7396 /*
|
|
|
7397 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
7398 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
7399 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
7400 */
|
|
|
7401 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
7402 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
7403 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7404
|
|
|
7405 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
7406 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7407 }
|
|
|
7408 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
7409 look++;
|
|
|
7410 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
7411 look++;
|
|
|
7412 }
|
|
|
7413
|
|
|
7414 /*
|
|
|
7415 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
7416 */
|
|
|
7417 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
7418 {
|
|
|
7419 ++look;
|
|
|
7420 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
7421 {
|
|
|
7422 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
7423 ++look;
|
|
|
7424 }
|
|
|
7425 else
|
|
|
7426 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
7427 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
7428 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
7429 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
7430 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
7431 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
7432 {
|
|
|
7433 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7434
|
|
|
7435 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7436 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
7437 {
|
|
|
7438 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7439
|
|
|
7440 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
7441 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
7442 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7443 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7444 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7445 {
|
|
|
7446 char_u *n;
|
|
|
7447
|
|
|
7448 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
7449 {
|
|
|
7450 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
7451 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
7452 break;
|
|
|
7453 }
|
|
|
7454 }
|
|
|
7455 else
|
|
|
7456 # endif
|
|
|
7457 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
7458 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
7459 break;
|
|
|
7460 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
7461 && (icase
|
|
|
7462 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
7463 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
7464 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7465 }
|
|
|
7466 else
|
|
|
7467 #endif
|
|
|
7468 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
7469 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
7470 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
7471 {
|
|
|
7472 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7473 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
7474 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
7475 && (icase
|
|
|
7476 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
7477 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
7478 == 0)
|
|
|
7479 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7480 }
|
|
|
7481 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
7482 {
|
|
|
7483 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
7484 * word. */
|
|
|
7485 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7486 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
7487 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
7488 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7489 }
|
|
|
7490 if (match)
|
|
|
7491 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7492 }
|
|
|
7493 look = p;
|
|
|
7494 }
|
|
|
7495
|
|
|
7496 /*
|
|
|
7497 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
7498 */
|
|
|
7499 else
|
|
|
7500 {
|
|
|
7501 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
7502 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7503 ++look;
|
|
|
7504 }
|
|
|
7505
|
|
|
7506 /*
|
|
|
7507 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
7508 */
|
|
|
7509 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
7510 }
|
|
|
7511 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7512 }
|
|
|
7513 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
7514
|
|
|
7515 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7516 /*
|
|
|
7517 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
7518 */
|
|
|
7519 int
|
|
|
7520 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
7521 int c;
|
|
|
7522 {
|
|
|
7523 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
7524 {
|
|
|
7525 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
7526 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
7527 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
7528 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
7529 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
7530 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
7531 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
7532 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
7533 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
7534 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
7535 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
7536 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
7537 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
7538
|
|
|
7539 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
7540 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7541 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
7542 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
7543 return 'X';
|
|
|
7544 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
7545 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
7546 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
7547 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
7548 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
7549 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7550 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
7551 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7552 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7553 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
7554 #else
|
|
|
7555 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
7556 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
7557 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
7558 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
7559 */
|
|
|
7560 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
7561 #endif
|
|
|
7562 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7563 else
|
|
|
7564 return c;
|
|
|
7565 }
|
|
|
7566 else
|
|
|
7567 {
|
|
|
7568 switch (c)
|
|
|
7569 {
|
|
|
7570 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
7571 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
7572 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
7573 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
7574 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
7575
|
|
|
7576 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
7577 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
7578 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
7579 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
7580 default: {
|
|
|
7581 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
7582
|
|
|
7583 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7584 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
7585 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
7586 #else
|
|
|
7587 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
7588 #endif
|
|
|
7589 return c;
|
|
|
7590 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
7591 break;
|
|
|
7592 }
|
|
|
7593 }
|
|
|
7594
|
|
|
7595 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7596 }
|
|
|
7597 }
|
|
|
7598 #endif
|
|
|
7599
|
|
|
7600 static void
|
|
|
7601 ins_reg()
|
|
|
7602 {
|
|
|
7603 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7604 int regname;
|
|
|
7605 int literally = 0;
|
|
844
|
7606 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7607 int vis_active = VIsual_active;
|
|
|
7608 #endif
|
|
7
|
7609
|
|
|
7610 /*
|
|
|
7611 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
7612 */
|
|
|
7613 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7614 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7615 {
|
|
|
7616 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
7617 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
7618
|
|
|
7619 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
7620 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7621 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7622 #endif
|
|
|
7623 }
|
|
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7626 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7627 #endif
|
|
|
7628
|
|
|
7629 /*
|
|
|
7630 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7631 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7632 */
|
|
|
7633 ++no_mapping;
|
|
1389
|
7634 regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7635 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7636 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7637 #endif
|
|
|
7638 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7639 {
|
|
|
7640 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
7641 literally = regname;
|
|
|
7642 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7643 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
7644 #endif
|
|
1389
|
7645 regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7646 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7647 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7648 #endif
|
|
|
7649 }
|
|
|
7650 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7651
|
|
|
7652 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7653 /*
|
|
|
7654 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
7655 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
7656 */
|
|
|
7657 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7658 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
7659 {
|
|
133
|
7660 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7661 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
7662 # endif
|
|
7
|
7663 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
7664 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7665 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
7666 if (im_on)
|
|
|
7667 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
7668 # endif
|
|
7
|
7669 }
|
|
140
|
7670 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
7671 {
|
|
|
7672 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
7673 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
7674 }
|
|
7
|
7675 else
|
|
|
7676 {
|
|
|
7677 #endif
|
|
|
7678 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7679 {
|
|
|
7680 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
7681 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7682 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
7683 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
7684
|
|
|
7685 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
7686 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7687 }
|
|
|
7688 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7689 {
|
|
|
7690 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7691 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7692 }
|
|
133
|
7693 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
7694 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
7695 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
7696 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7697 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7698
|
|
7
|
7699 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7700 }
|
|
|
7701 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7702 #endif
|
|
|
7703 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7704 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7705 #endif
|
|
|
7706
|
|
|
7707 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7708 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
7709 edit_unputchar();
|
|
844
|
7710
|
|
|
7711 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7712 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
|
|
|
7713 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
|
|
|
7714 end_visual_mode();
|
|
|
7715 #endif
|
|
7
|
7716 }
|
|
|
7717
|
|
|
7718 /*
|
|
|
7719 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7720 */
|
|
|
7721 static void
|
|
|
7722 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
7723 {
|
|
|
7724 int c;
|
|
|
7725
|
|
|
7726 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7727 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
7728 setcursor();
|
|
|
7729 #endif
|
|
|
7730
|
|
|
7731 /*
|
|
|
7732 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7733 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7734 */
|
|
|
7735 ++no_mapping;
|
|
1389
|
7736 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7737 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7738 switch (c)
|
|
|
7739 {
|
|
|
7740 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7741 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7742 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
7743 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
7744 break;
|
|
|
7745
|
|
|
7746 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7747 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7748 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
7749 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
7750 break;
|
|
|
7751
|
|
|
7752 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
825
|
7753 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
7754 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
7755
|
|
|
7756 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
1219
|
7757 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
626
|
7758 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
7759 break;
|
|
|
7760
|
|
|
7761 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
7762 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
7763 }
|
|
|
7764 }
|
|
|
7765
|
|
|
7766 /*
|
|
449
|
7767 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7768 */
|
|
|
7769 static void
|
|
|
7770 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
7771 {
|
|
782
|
7772 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
|
|
449
|
7773 {
|
|
|
7774 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
7775 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
7776 {
|
|
|
7777 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7778 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7779 }
|
|
|
7780 else
|
|
|
7781 {
|
|
|
7782 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
7783 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7784 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7785 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7786 #endif
|
|
|
7787 }
|
|
|
7788 }
|
|
|
7789 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7790 else
|
|
|
7791 {
|
|
|
7792 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
7793 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
7794 {
|
|
|
7795 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7796 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7797 }
|
|
|
7798 else
|
|
|
7799 {
|
|
|
7800 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
7801 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7802 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
7803 }
|
|
|
7804 }
|
|
|
7805 #endif
|
|
|
7806 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
7807 showmode();
|
|
|
7808 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7809 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
7810 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7811 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7812 #endif
|
|
|
7813 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
7814 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
7815 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
7816 #endif
|
|
|
7817 }
|
|
|
7818
|
|
|
7819 /*
|
|
7
|
7820 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
7821 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
7822 * insert.
|
|
|
7823 */
|
|
|
7824 static int
|
|
477
|
7825 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
7826 long *count;
|
|
|
7827 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
7828 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
7829 {
|
|
|
7830 int temp;
|
|
|
7831 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7832
|
|
744
|
7833 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
449
|
7834 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
7835 #endif
|
|
7
|
7836 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
7837 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
7838 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
7839 # endif
|
|
|
7840 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
7841 {
|
|
|
7842 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
7843 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
7844 }
|
|
|
7845 #endif
|
|
|
7846
|
|
|
7847 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7848 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
7849 {
|
|
|
7850 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7851 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7852 }
|
|
|
7853 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
7854 {
|
|
|
7855 /*
|
|
|
7856 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
7857 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
7858 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
7859 */
|
|
|
7860 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
7861 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
7862
|
|
|
7863 /*
|
|
|
7864 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
7865 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
7866 */
|
|
|
7867 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
7868 {
|
|
|
7869 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7870 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7871 *count = 0;
|
|
|
7872 }
|
|
|
7873
|
|
|
7874 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
7875 {
|
|
164
|
7876 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
7877 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
7878 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
7879
|
|
7
|
7880 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
7881 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
7882 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
7883 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7884 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7885 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
7886 }
|
|
|
7887 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
7888 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7889 }
|
|
|
7890
|
|
|
7891 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
7892 * indent */
|
|
|
7893 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7894 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7895
|
|
|
7896 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
7897 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
7898 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7899
|
|
|
7900 /*
|
|
|
7901 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
7902 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
7903 */
|
|
477
|
7904 if (!nomove
|
|
|
7905 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
7906 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7907 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
7908 #endif
|
|
477
|
7909 )
|
|
|
7910 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
7911 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
7912 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
7913 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
7914 #endif
|
|
|
7915 ))
|
|
7
|
7916 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7917 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7918 #endif
|
|
|
7919 )
|
|
|
7920 {
|
|
|
7921 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7922 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
7923 {
|
|
|
7924 oneleft();
|
|
|
7925 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7926 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7927 }
|
|
|
7928 else
|
|
|
7929 #endif
|
|
|
7930 {
|
|
|
7931 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7932 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7933 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
7934 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7935 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
7936 #endif
|
|
|
7937 }
|
|
|
7938 }
|
|
|
7939
|
|
|
7940 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7941 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
7942 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
7943 * well). */
|
|
|
7944 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
7945 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
7946 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7947 #endif
|
|
|
7948
|
|
|
7949 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7950 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
7951 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
7952
|
|
|
7953 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7954 setmouse();
|
|
|
7955 #endif
|
|
|
7956 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7957 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7958 #endif
|
|
|
7959
|
|
|
7960 /*
|
|
|
7961 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
7962 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
7963 */
|
|
|
7964 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7965 showmode();
|
|
|
7966 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
7967 MSG("");
|
|
|
7968
|
|
|
7969 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
7970 }
|
|
|
7971
|
|
|
7972 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7973 /*
|
|
|
7974 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
7975 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
7976 */
|
|
|
7977 static void
|
|
|
7978 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
7979 {
|
|
|
7980 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
7981 {
|
|
|
7982 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
7983 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7984 }
|
|
|
7985 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
7986 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
7987 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7988 {
|
|
|
7989 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7990 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7991 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
7992 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7993 }
|
|
|
7994 else
|
|
|
7995 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
7996 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7997 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
7998 {
|
|
|
7999 /*
|
|
|
8000 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
8001 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
8002 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
8003 */
|
|
|
8004 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
8005 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
8006 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
8007 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
8008 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
8009 }
|
|
|
8010 else
|
|
|
8011 #endif
|
|
|
8012 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
8013 showmode();
|
|
|
8014 }
|
|
|
8015 #endif
|
|
|
8016
|
|
|
8017 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
8018 /*
|
|
|
8019 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
8020 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
8021 */
|
|
|
8022 static int
|
|
|
8023 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
8024 int c;
|
|
|
8025 {
|
|
|
8026 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
8027 switch (c)
|
|
|
8028 {
|
|
|
8029 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
8030 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
8031 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
8032 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
8033 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
8034 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
8035 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
8036 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
8037 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
8038 case K_UP:
|
|
|
8039 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
8040 case K_END:
|
|
|
8041 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
8042 # endif
|
|
|
8043 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
8044 break;
|
|
|
8045 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
8046 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
8047 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
8048 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
8049 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
8050 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
8051 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
8052 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
8053 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
8054 start_selection();
|
|
|
8055
|
|
|
8056 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
8057 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
8058 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
8059 {
|
|
|
8060 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
8061
|
|
|
8062 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
8063 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
8064 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
8065 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
8066 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
8067 }
|
|
|
8068 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
8069 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8070 }
|
|
|
8071 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8072 }
|
|
|
8073 #endif
|
|
|
8074
|
|
|
8075 /*
|
|
449
|
8076 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
8077 */
|
|
|
8078 static void
|
|
|
8079 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
8080 int replaceState;
|
|
|
8081 {
|
|
|
8082 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8083 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
8084 {
|
|
|
8085 beep_flush();
|
|
|
8086 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
8087 return;
|
|
|
8088 }
|
|
|
8089 #endif
|
|
|
8090
|
|
|
8091 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
8092 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
8093 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
8094 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
667
|
8095 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8096 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
|
8097 # endif
|
|
|
8098 "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
8099 # endif
|
|
449
|
8100 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
8101 #endif
|
|
|
8102 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8103 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
8104 else
|
|
|
8105 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
8106 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
8107 showmode();
|
|
|
8108 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
8109 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
8110 #endif
|
|
|
8111 }
|
|
|
8112
|
|
|
8113 /*
|
|
|
8114 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8115 */
|
|
|
8116 static void
|
|
|
8117 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
8118 {
|
|
|
8119 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8120 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8121 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
8122 else
|
|
|
8123 #endif
|
|
|
8124 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8125 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
8126 else
|
|
|
8127 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
8128 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8129 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8130 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
8131 else
|
|
|
8132 #endif
|
|
|
8133 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
8134 }
|
|
|
8135
|
|
|
8136 /*
|
|
7
|
8137 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
8138 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
8139 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
8140 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
8141 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
8142 */
|
|
|
8143 static void
|
|
|
8144 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
8145 int c;
|
|
|
8146 int lastc;
|
|
|
8147 {
|
|
|
8148 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8149 return;
|
|
|
8150 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
8151
|
|
|
8152 /*
|
|
|
8153 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
8154 */
|
|
1330
|
8155 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
|
|
|
8156 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
7
|
8157 {
|
|
|
8158 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8159 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
8160 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
8161 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8162 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
8163 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
8164 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
8165 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
8166 }
|
|
|
8167 else
|
|
|
8168 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
8169
|
|
|
8170 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
8171 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8172 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8173 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8174 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8175 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8176 #endif
|
|
|
8177 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8178 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
8179 #endif
|
|
|
8180 }
|
|
|
8181
|
|
|
8182 static void
|
|
|
8183 ins_del()
|
|
|
8184 {
|
|
|
8185 int temp;
|
|
|
8186
|
|
|
8187 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8188 return;
|
|
|
8189 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
8190 {
|
|
|
8191 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8192 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
8193 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
8194 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
8195 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8196 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8197 else
|
|
|
8198 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8199 }
|
|
|
8200 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
8201 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8202 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8203 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8204 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8205 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8206 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8207 #endif
|
|
|
8208 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
8209 }
|
|
|
8210
|
|
1460
|
8211 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp));
|
|
|
8212
|
|
|
8213 /*
|
|
|
8214 * Delete one character for ins_bs().
|
|
|
8215 */
|
|
|
8216 static void
|
|
|
8217 ins_bs_one(vcolp)
|
|
|
8218 colnr_T *vcolp;
|
|
|
8219 {
|
|
|
8220 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8221 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8222 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8223 {
|
|
|
8224 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
8225 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
8226 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8227 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8228 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
8229 }
|
|
|
8230 else
|
|
|
8231 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8232 }
|
|
|
8233
|
|
7
|
8234 /*
|
|
|
8235 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8236 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
8237 */
|
|
|
8238 static int
|
|
|
8239 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
8240 int c;
|
|
|
8241 int mode;
|
|
|
8242 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
8243 {
|
|
|
8244 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8245 int cc;
|
|
|
8246 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8247 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
8248 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
8249 int in_indent;
|
|
|
8250 int oldState;
|
|
|
8251 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
714
|
8252 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
|
|
7
|
8253 #endif
|
|
|
8254
|
|
|
8255 /*
|
|
|
8256 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
8257 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
8258 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
8259 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
8260 */
|
|
|
8261 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
8262 || (
|
|
|
8263 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8264 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
8265 #endif
|
|
|
8266 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
8267 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
8268 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
8269 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8270 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
8271 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
8272 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
8273 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
8274 {
|
|
|
8275 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8276 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8277 }
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8280 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8281 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8282 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8283 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
8284 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8285 #endif
|
|
|
8286 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8287 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
8288 #endif
|
|
|
8289 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8290 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
8291 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8292 #endif
|
|
|
8293
|
|
|
8294 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8295 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
8296 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
8297 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
8298 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
8299 */
|
|
|
8300 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
8301 {
|
|
|
8302 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
8303 {
|
|
|
8304 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
8305 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8306 }
|
|
|
8307 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
8308 {
|
|
|
8309 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8310 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8311 }
|
|
|
8312 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8313 }
|
|
|
8314 #endif
|
|
|
8315
|
|
|
8316 /*
|
|
|
8317 * delete newline!
|
|
|
8318 */
|
|
|
8319 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
8320 {
|
|
|
8321 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
8322 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8323 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8324 || revins_on
|
|
|
8325 #endif
|
|
|
8326 )
|
|
|
8327 {
|
|
|
8328 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
8329 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8330 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8331 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
8332 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8333 }
|
|
|
8334 /*
|
|
|
8335 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
8336 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
8337 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
8338 */
|
|
|
8339 cc = -1;
|
|
|
8340 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8341 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
8342 /*
|
|
|
8343 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
8344 * cursor.
|
|
|
8345 */
|
|
|
8346 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
8347 {
|
|
|
8348 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8349 }
|
|
|
8350 else
|
|
|
8351 {
|
|
|
8352 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8353 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8354 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
8355 #endif
|
|
|
8356 {
|
|
|
8357 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
8358 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
8359
|
|
|
8360 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
8361 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
8362 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
8363 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
8364 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
8365 {
|
|
|
8366 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
8367 TRUE);
|
|
|
8368 int len;
|
|
|
8369
|
|
835
|
8370 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
278
|
8371 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
8372 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
8373 }
|
|
|
8374
|
|
7
|
8375 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
8376 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8377 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8378 }
|
|
|
8379 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8380 else
|
|
|
8381 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8382 #endif
|
|
|
8383
|
|
|
8384 /*
|
|
|
8385 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
8386 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
8387 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
8388 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
8389 */
|
|
|
8390 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8391 {
|
|
|
8392 /*
|
|
|
8393 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
8394 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
8395 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
8396 */
|
|
|
8397 oldState = State;
|
|
|
8398 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
8399 /*
|
|
|
8400 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
8401 */
|
|
|
8402 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
8403 {
|
|
|
8404 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8405 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8406 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
8407 #else
|
|
|
8408 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
8409 #endif
|
|
|
8410 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8411 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
8412 }
|
|
|
8413 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
8414 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
8415 State = oldState;
|
|
|
8416 }
|
|
|
8417 }
|
|
|
8418 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8419 }
|
|
|
8420 else
|
|
|
8421 {
|
|
|
8422 /*
|
|
|
8423 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
8424 */
|
|
|
8425 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8426 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
8427 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8428 #endif
|
|
|
8429 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
8430 /* keep indent */
|
|
1085
|
8431 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
|
|
|
8432 && (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
8433 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8434 || cindent_on()
|
|
|
8435 #endif
|
|
|
8436 )
|
|
7
|
8437 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8438 && !revins_on
|
|
|
8439 #endif
|
|
|
8440 )
|
|
|
8441 {
|
|
|
8442 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8443 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
8444 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
8445 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8446 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8447 }
|
|
|
8448
|
|
|
8449 /*
|
|
|
8450 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
8451 */
|
|
|
8452 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
8453 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
8454 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
8455 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
8456 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
8457 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
8458 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
8459 {
|
|
|
8460 int ts;
|
|
|
8461 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
8462 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
1460
|
8463 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
7
|
8464
|
|
|
8465 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
8466 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
8467 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8468 else
|
|
|
8469 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8470 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
8471 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
8472 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
8473 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
1460
|
8474 start_vcol = vcol;
|
|
7
|
8475 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8476 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
8477 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8478 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
8479
|
|
|
8480 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
8481 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
8482 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
1460
|
8483 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
7
|
8484
|
|
|
8485 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
8486 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
8487 {
|
|
|
8488 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
8489 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8490 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8491 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8492
|
|
|
8493 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8494 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8495 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8496 else
|
|
|
8497 #endif
|
|
|
8498 {
|
|
|
8499 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
1460
|
8500 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
8501 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7
|
8502 }
|
|
|
8503 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8504 }
|
|
1460
|
8505
|
|
|
8506 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can
|
|
|
8507 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
|
|
|
8508 if (vcol >= start_vcol)
|
|
|
8509 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
7
|
8510 }
|
|
|
8511
|
|
|
8512 /*
|
|
|
8513 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
8514 */
|
|
|
8515 else do
|
|
|
8516 {
|
|
|
8517 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8518 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
8519 #endif
|
|
|
8520 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8521
|
|
|
8522 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
8523 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
8524 {
|
|
|
8525 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
8526 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
8527 }
|
|
|
8528 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
8529 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
8530 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
8531 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
8532 {
|
|
|
8533 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8534 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
8535 #endif
|
|
|
8536 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8537 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8538 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8539 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8540 #endif
|
|
|
8541 break;
|
|
|
8542 }
|
|
|
8543 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8544 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
8545 else
|
|
|
8546 {
|
|
|
8547 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8548 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
714
|
8549 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
|
|
7
|
8550 #endif
|
|
|
8551 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8552 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8553 /*
|
|
714
|
8554 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
|
|
|
8555 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
|
|
7
|
8556 * character.
|
|
|
8557 */
|
|
714
|
8558 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
8559 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8560 #endif
|
|
|
8561 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8562 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8563 {
|
|
|
8564 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8565 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8566 }
|
|
|
8567 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
8568 break;
|
|
|
8569 #endif
|
|
|
8570 }
|
|
|
8571 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
8572 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
8573 break;
|
|
|
8574 } while (
|
|
|
8575 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8576 revins_on ||
|
|
|
8577 #endif
|
|
|
8578 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
8579 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8580 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
8581 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
8582 }
|
|
|
8583 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8584 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8585 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8586 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8587 #endif
|
|
|
8588 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
8589 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8590 /*
|
|
|
8591 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
8592 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
8593 * with.
|
|
|
8594 */
|
|
|
8595 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
8596
|
|
|
8597 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
8598 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8599 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8600 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8601
|
|
|
8602 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
8603 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
8604 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
8605 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
8606 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
8607 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
8608 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
8609 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
8610 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8611
|
|
|
8612 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
8613 }
|
|
|
8614
|
|
|
8615 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
8616 static void
|
|
|
8617 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
8618 int c;
|
|
|
8619 {
|
|
|
8620 pos_T tpos;
|
|
840
|
8621 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
7
|
8622
|
|
|
8623 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8624 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
8625 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8626 # endif
|
|
|
8627 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
8628 return;
|
|
|
8629
|
|
|
8630 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8631 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8632 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
8633 {
|
|
840
|
8634 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8635 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8636
|
|
|
8637 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
|
|
|
8638 {
|
|
|
8639 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
|
|
|
8640 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
|
|
|
8641 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8642 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8643 }
|
|
|
8644 #endif
|
|
|
8645 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
|
|
|
8646 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8647 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
|
|
|
8648 {
|
|
|
8649 curwin = new_curwin;
|
|
|
8650 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8651 }
|
|
|
8652 #endif
|
|
7
|
8653 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8654 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8655 # endif
|
|
|
8656 }
|
|
|
8657
|
|
|
8658 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8659 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
8660 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
8661 #endif
|
|
|
8662 }
|
|
|
8663
|
|
|
8664 static void
|
|
|
8665 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
8666 int up;
|
|
|
8667 {
|
|
|
8668 pos_T tpos;
|
|
1434
|
8669 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8670 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8671 # endif
|
|
|
8672 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8673 int did_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
8674 # endif
|
|
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8677
|
|
|
8678 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8679 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
8680 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8681 {
|
|
|
8682 int row, col;
|
|
|
8683
|
|
|
8684 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
8685 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
8686
|
|
|
8687 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
8688 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
8689 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8690 }
|
|
|
8691 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
8692 # endif
|
|
|
8693 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8694
|
|
1434
|
8695 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8696 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
|
|
|
8697 if (!pum_visible()
|
|
|
8698 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8699 || curwin != old_curwin
|
|
|
8700 # endif
|
|
|
8701 )
|
|
|
8702 # endif
|
|
|
8703 {
|
|
|
8704 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
8705 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
8706 else
|
|
|
8707 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
8708 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8709 did_scroll = TRUE;
|
|
|
8710 # endif
|
|
|
8711 }
|
|
7
|
8712
|
|
|
8713 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8714 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
8715
|
|
|
8716 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8717 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8718 # endif
|
|
|
8719
|
|
1434
|
8720 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8721 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
|
|
|
8722 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
|
|
|
8723 * overlapped by the popup menu. */
|
|
|
8724 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
|
|
|
8725 {
|
|
|
8726 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
8727 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
8728 }
|
|
|
8729 # endif
|
|
|
8730
|
|
7
|
8731 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
8732 {
|
|
|
8733 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8734 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8735 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8736 # endif
|
|
|
8737 }
|
|
|
8738 }
|
|
|
8739 #endif
|
|
|
8740
|
|
692
|
8741 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
8742 static void
|
|
692
|
8743 ins_tabline(c)
|
|
|
8744 int c;
|
|
|
8745 {
|
|
|
8746 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
|
|
|
8747 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
|
|
|
8748 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
|
|
|
8749 {
|
|
|
8750 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8751 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8752 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8753 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8754 # endif
|
|
|
8755 }
|
|
|
8756
|
|
|
8757 if (c == K_TABLINE)
|
|
|
8758 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
|
|
|
8759 else
|
|
846
|
8760 {
|
|
692
|
8761 handle_tabmenu();
|
|
846
|
8762 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */
|
|
|
8763 }
|
|
692
|
8764 }
|
|
|
8765 #endif
|
|
|
8766
|
|
|
8767 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
8768 void
|
|
|
8769 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
8770 {
|
|
|
8771 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8772
|
|
|
8773 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8774 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8775 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
8776 {
|
|
|
8777 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8778 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8779 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8780 # endif
|
|
|
8781 }
|
|
|
8782 }
|
|
|
8783
|
|
|
8784 void
|
|
|
8785 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
8786 {
|
|
|
8787 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8788
|
|
|
8789 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8790 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8791 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
8792 {
|
|
|
8793 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8794 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8795 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8796 # endif
|
|
|
8797 }
|
|
|
8798 }
|
|
|
8799 #endif
|
|
|
8800
|
|
|
8801 static void
|
|
|
8802 ins_left()
|
|
|
8803 {
|
|
|
8804 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8805
|
|
|
8806 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8807 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8808 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8809 #endif
|
|
|
8810 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8811 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8812 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
8813 {
|
|
941
|
8814 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
8815 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
|
|
|
8816 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
|
|
|
8817 if (!im_is_preediting())
|
|
|
8818 #endif
|
|
|
8819 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7
|
8820 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8821 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
8822 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
8823 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8824 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8825 #endif
|
|
|
8826 }
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 /*
|
|
|
8829 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
8830 * previous line
|
|
|
8831 */
|
|
|
8832 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8833 {
|
|
|
8834 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8835 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
8836 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8837 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
8838 }
|
|
|
8839 else
|
|
|
8840 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8841 }
|
|
|
8842
|
|
|
8843 static void
|
|
|
8844 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
8845 int c;
|
|
|
8846 {
|
|
|
8847 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8848
|
|
|
8849 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8850 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8851 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8852 #endif
|
|
|
8853 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8854 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8855 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
8856 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
8857 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8858 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8859 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8860 #endif
|
|
|
8861 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
8862 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8863 }
|
|
|
8864
|
|
|
8865 static void
|
|
|
8866 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
8867 int c;
|
|
|
8868 {
|
|
|
8869 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8870
|
|
|
8871 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8872 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8873 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8874 #endif
|
|
|
8875 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8876 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8877 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
8878 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
8879 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8880 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8881
|
|
|
8882 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8883 }
|
|
|
8884
|
|
|
8885 static void
|
|
|
8886 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
8887 {
|
|
|
8888 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8889 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8890 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8891 #endif
|
|
|
8892 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8893 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8894 {
|
|
|
8895 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8896 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8897 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8898 }
|
|
|
8899 else
|
|
|
8900 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8901 }
|
|
|
8902
|
|
|
8903 static void
|
|
|
8904 ins_right()
|
|
|
8905 {
|
|
|
8906 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8907 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8908 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8909 #endif
|
|
|
8910 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8911 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
8912 )
|
|
|
8913 {
|
|
|
8914 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8915 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8916 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8917 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8918 oneright();
|
|
|
8919 else
|
|
|
8920 #endif
|
|
|
8921 {
|
|
|
8922 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8923 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
8924 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
8925 else
|
|
|
8926 #endif
|
|
|
8927 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8928 }
|
|
|
8929
|
|
|
8930 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8931 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8932 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8933 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8934 #endif
|
|
|
8935 }
|
|
|
8936 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
8937 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
8938 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
8939 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8940 {
|
|
|
8941 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8942 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8943 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
8944 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8945 }
|
|
|
8946 else
|
|
|
8947 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8948 }
|
|
|
8949
|
|
|
8950 static void
|
|
|
8951 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
8952 {
|
|
|
8953 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8954 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8955 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8956 #endif
|
|
|
8957 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8958 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
8959 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8960 {
|
|
|
8961 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8962 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
8963 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8964 }
|
|
|
8965 else
|
|
|
8966 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8967 }
|
|
|
8968
|
|
|
8969 static void
|
|
|
8970 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
8971 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8972 {
|
|
|
8973 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8974 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8975 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8976 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8977 #endif
|
|
|
8978
|
|
|
8979 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8980 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8981 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8982 {
|
|
|
8983 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8984 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8985 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8986 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8987 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8988 #endif
|
|
|
8989 )
|
|
|
8990 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8991 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8992 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8993 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8994 #endif
|
|
|
8995 }
|
|
|
8996 else
|
|
|
8997 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8998 }
|
|
|
8999
|
|
|
9000 static void
|
|
|
9001 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
9002 {
|
|
|
9003 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9004
|
|
|
9005 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
9006
|
|
|
9007 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
9008 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
9009 {
|
|
|
9010 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
|
|
1013
|
9011 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
9012 {
|
|
|
9013 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9014 goto_tabpage(-1);
|
|
|
9015 }
|
|
828
|
9016 return;
|
|
|
9017 }
|
|
|
9018 #endif
|
|
|
9019
|
|
7
|
9020 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9021 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
9022 {
|
|
|
9023 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9024 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9025 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9026 #endif
|
|
|
9027 }
|
|
|
9028 else
|
|
|
9029 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9030 }
|
|
|
9031
|
|
|
9032 static void
|
|
|
9033 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
9034 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
9035 {
|
|
|
9036 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9037 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
9038 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9039 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
9040 #endif
|
|
|
9041
|
|
|
9042 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9043 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9044 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
9045 {
|
|
|
9046 if (startcol)
|
|
|
9047 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
9048 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
9049 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9050 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
9051 #endif
|
|
|
9052 )
|
|
|
9053 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9054 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9055 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9056 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9057 #endif
|
|
|
9058 }
|
|
|
9059 else
|
|
|
9060 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9061 }
|
|
|
9062
|
|
|
9063 static void
|
|
|
9064 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
9065 {
|
|
|
9066 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9067
|
|
|
9068 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
9069
|
|
|
9070 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
9071 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
9072 {
|
|
|
9073 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
|
|
1013
|
9074 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
9075 {
|
|
|
9076 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9077 goto_tabpage(0);
|
|
|
9078 }
|
|
828
|
9079 return;
|
|
|
9080 }
|
|
|
9081 #endif
|
|
|
9082
|
|
7
|
9083 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9084 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
9085 {
|
|
|
9086 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9087 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9088 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9089 #endif
|
|
|
9090 }
|
|
|
9091 else
|
|
|
9092 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9093 }
|
|
|
9094
|
|
|
9095 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
9096 static void
|
|
|
9097 ins_drop()
|
|
|
9098 {
|
|
|
9099 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
9100 }
|
|
|
9101 #endif
|
|
|
9102
|
|
|
9103 /*
|
|
|
9104 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
9105 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
9106 */
|
|
|
9107 static int
|
|
|
9108 ins_tab()
|
|
|
9109 {
|
|
|
9110 int ind;
|
|
|
9111 int i;
|
|
|
9112 int temp;
|
|
|
9113
|
|
|
9114 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
9115 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
9116 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
9117 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9118
|
|
|
9119 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
9120 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9121 if (ind)
|
|
|
9122 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
9123 #endif
|
|
|
9124
|
|
|
9125 /*
|
|
|
9126 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
9127 */
|
|
|
9128 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
9129 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
9130 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
9131 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9132
|
|
|
9133 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
9134 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9135
|
|
|
9136 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
9137 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
9138 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
9139 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
9140 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
9141 #endif
|
|
|
9142 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
9143
|
|
|
9144 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
9145 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
9146 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
9147 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
9148 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
9149 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
9150 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
9151
|
|
|
9152 /*
|
|
|
9153 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
9154 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
9155 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
9156 */
|
|
|
9157 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
9158 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
9159 {
|
|
|
9160 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9161 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9162 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
9163 else
|
|
|
9164 #endif
|
|
|
9165 {
|
|
|
9166 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
9167 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
9168 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
9169 }
|
|
|
9170 }
|
|
|
9171
|
|
|
9172 /*
|
|
|
9173 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
9174 */
|
|
|
9175 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
9176 {
|
|
|
9177 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
9178 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9179 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
9180 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
9181 #endif
|
|
|
9182 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
9183 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
9184 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
9185 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
9186 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
9187
|
|
|
9188 /*
|
|
|
9189 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
9190 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
9191 */
|
|
|
9192 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9193 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9194 {
|
|
|
9195 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9196 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
9197 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
9198 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
9199 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9200 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
9201 }
|
|
|
9202 else
|
|
|
9203 #endif
|
|
|
9204 {
|
|
|
9205 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
9206 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9207 }
|
|
|
9208
|
|
|
9209 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
9210 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
9211 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
9212
|
|
|
9213 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
9214 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9215 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
9216 {
|
|
|
9217 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
9218 --ptr;
|
|
|
9219 }
|
|
|
9220
|
|
|
9221 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
9222 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9223 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
9224 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
9225 {
|
|
|
9226 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
9227 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
9228 }
|
|
|
9229
|
|
|
9230 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
9231 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
9232 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
9233
|
|
|
9234 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
9235 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
9236 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
9237 {
|
|
|
9238 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
9239 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
9240 break;
|
|
|
9241 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
9242 {
|
|
|
9243 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
9244 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
9245 {
|
|
|
9246 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
9247 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
9248 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
9249 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
9250 }
|
|
|
9251 }
|
|
|
9252 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
9253 ++ptr;
|
|
|
9254 vcol += i;
|
|
|
9255 }
|
|
|
9256
|
|
|
9257 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
9258 {
|
|
|
9259 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
9260
|
|
|
9261 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
9262 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
9263 {
|
|
|
9264 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
9265 ++ptr;
|
|
|
9266 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
9267 }
|
|
|
9268 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
9269 {
|
|
|
9270 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
9271 --ptr;
|
|
|
9272 --repl_off;
|
|
|
9273 }
|
|
|
9274 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
9275
|
|
|
9276 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
9277 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
9278 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
9279 {
|
|
|
9280 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
9281 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
9282 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9283 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9284 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9285 #endif
|
|
|
9286 )
|
|
|
9287 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
9288 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
9289 }
|
|
33
|
9290 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
9291 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
9292 {
|
|
|
9293 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
9294 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
9295 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
9296 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
9297 }
|
|
|
9298 #endif
|
|
7
|
9299 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
9300
|
|
|
9301 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9302 /*
|
|
|
9303 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
9304 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
9305 * spacing.
|
|
|
9306 */
|
|
|
9307 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9308 {
|
|
|
9309 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
9310 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
9311
|
|
|
9312 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
9313 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
9314 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
9315 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
9316 }
|
|
|
9317 #endif
|
|
|
9318 }
|
|
|
9319
|
|
|
9320 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9321 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9322 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
9323 #endif
|
|
|
9324 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
9325 }
|
|
|
9326
|
|
|
9327 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9328 }
|
|
|
9329
|
|
|
9330 /*
|
|
|
9331 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
9332 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
9333 */
|
|
|
9334 static int
|
|
|
9335 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
9336 int c;
|
|
|
9337 {
|
|
|
9338 int i;
|
|
|
9339
|
|
|
9340 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
9341 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9342 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
9343 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9344 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9345
|
|
|
9346 /*
|
|
|
9347 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
9348 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
9349 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
9350 */
|
|
|
9351 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9352 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9353 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9354 #endif
|
|
|
9355 )
|
|
|
9356 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
9357
|
|
|
9358 /*
|
|
|
9359 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
9360 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
9361 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
9362 * in open_line().
|
|
|
9363 */
|
|
|
9364
|
|
844
|
9365 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
9366 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
|
|
|
9367 * CTRL-O). */
|
|
|
9368 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
9369 coladvance(getviscol());
|
|
|
9370 #endif
|
|
|
9371
|
|
7
|
9372 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9373 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
9374 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
9375 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
9376 # endif
|
|
|
9377 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
9378 * current line. */
|
|
|
9379 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
9380 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
9381 #endif
|
|
|
9382
|
|
|
9383 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
9384 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
9385 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
9386 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
9387 #endif
|
|
|
9388 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
9389 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
9390 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9391 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9392 #endif
|
|
1032
|
9393 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
9394 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
|
|
|
9395 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
9396 #endif
|
|
7
|
9397
|
|
|
9398 return (!i);
|
|
|
9399 }
|
|
|
9400
|
|
|
9401 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
9402 /*
|
|
|
9403 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
9404 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
9405 * done.
|
|
|
9406 */
|
|
|
9407 static int
|
|
|
9408 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
9409 {
|
|
|
9410 int c;
|
|
|
9411 int cc;
|
|
|
9412
|
|
|
9413 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
9414 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
9415 {
|
|
|
9416 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
9417 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9418
|
|
|
9419 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
9420 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9421 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
9422 #endif
|
|
|
9423 }
|
|
|
9424
|
|
|
9425 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
9426 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
9427 #endif
|
|
|
9428
|
|
|
9429 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
9430 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
9431 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
9432 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
9433 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
9434 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
9435 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
9436 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
9437 {
|
|
|
9438 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9439 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9440 #endif
|
|
|
9441 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9442 return NUL;
|
|
|
9443 }
|
|
|
9444 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
9445 {
|
|
|
9446 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
9447 {
|
|
|
9448 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
9449 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9450
|
|
|
9451 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
9452 {
|
|
|
9453 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
9454 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
9455 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
9456 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9457 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
9458 }
|
|
|
9459 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9460 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
9461 #endif
|
|
|
9462 }
|
|
|
9463 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
9464 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
9465 cc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
9466 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
9467 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
9468 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
9469 {
|
|
|
9470 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
9471 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
9472 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9473 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9474 #endif
|
|
|
9475 return c;
|
|
|
9476 }
|
|
|
9477 }
|
|
|
9478 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
9479 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9480 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9481 #endif
|
|
|
9482 return NUL;
|
|
|
9483 }
|
|
|
9484 #endif
|
|
|
9485
|
|
|
9486 /*
|
|
|
9487 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
9488 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
9489 */
|
|
|
9490 static int
|
|
|
9491 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
9492 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
9493 {
|
|
|
9494 int c;
|
|
|
9495 int temp;
|
|
|
9496 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
9497
|
|
|
9498 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
9499 {
|
|
|
9500 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9501 return NUL;
|
|
|
9502 }
|
|
|
9503
|
|
|
9504 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
9505 temp = 0;
|
|
|
9506 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
9507 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
9508 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
9509 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9510 {
|
|
|
9511 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
9512 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
9513 }
|
|
|
9514 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
9515 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
9516
|
|
|
9517 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
9518 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
9519 #else
|
|
|
9520 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
9521 #endif
|
|
|
9522 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
9523 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9524 return c;
|
|
|
9525 }
|
|
|
9526
|
|
449
|
9527 /*
|
|
|
9528 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
9529 */
|
|
|
9530 static int
|
|
|
9531 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
9532 int tc;
|
|
|
9533 {
|
|
|
9534 int c = tc;
|
|
|
9535
|
|
|
9536 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
9537 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
9538 {
|
|
|
9539 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
9540 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
9541 else
|
|
|
9542 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
9543 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9544 }
|
|
|
9545 else
|
|
|
9546 #endif
|
|
|
9547 {
|
|
|
9548 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
9549 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
9550 {
|
|
|
9551 long tw_save;
|
|
|
9552
|
|
|
9553 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
9554 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
9555 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
9556 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
9557 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
9558 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
9559 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
9560 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
9561 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9562 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
9563 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9564 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
9565 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
9566 #endif
|
|
|
9567 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
9568 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
9569 }
|
|
|
9570 }
|
|
|
9571 return c;
|
|
|
9572 }
|
|
|
9573
|
|
7
|
9574 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
9575 /*
|
|
|
9576 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
9577 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
9578 */
|
|
|
9579 static void
|
|
|
9580 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
9581 int c;
|
|
|
9582 {
|
|
|
9583 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
9584 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
9585 int i;
|
|
|
9586 int temp;
|
|
|
9587
|
|
|
9588 /*
|
|
|
9589 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
9590 */
|
|
|
9591 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
9592 {
|
|
|
9593 /*
|
|
|
9594 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
9595 */
|
|
|
9596 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9597 {
|
|
|
9598 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9599 /*
|
|
|
9600 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
9601 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
9602 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
9603 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
9604 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
9605 */
|
|
|
9606 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
9607 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
9608 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
9609 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
9610 ;
|
|
|
9611 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
9612 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
9613 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9614 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
9615 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9616 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9617 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9618 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9619 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
9620 else
|
|
|
9621 #endif
|
|
|
9622 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9623 }
|
|
|
9624 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
9625 {
|
|
|
9626 /*
|
|
|
9627 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
9628 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
9629 */
|
|
|
9630 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
9631 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9632 {
|
|
|
9633 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9634 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9635 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9636 {
|
|
|
9637 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
9638
|
|
|
9639 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
9640 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9641 break;
|
|
|
9642 }
|
|
|
9643 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
9644 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
9645 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9646 }
|
|
|
9647 if (temp)
|
|
|
9648 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
9649 }
|
|
|
9650 }
|
|
|
9651
|
|
|
9652 /*
|
|
|
9653 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
9654 */
|
|
|
9655 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
9656 {
|
|
|
9657 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
9658 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
9659 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9660 }
|
|
|
9661
|
|
|
9662 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
9663 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
9664 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
9665 }
|
|
|
9666 #endif
|
|
|
9667
|
|
|
9668 /*
|
|
|
9669 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
9670 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
9671 */
|
|
|
9672 static colnr_T
|
|
|
9673 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
9674 {
|
|
|
9675 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
9676 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9677 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
9678 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
9679 }
|
